Business RadioX ®

  • Home
  • Business RadioX ® Communities
    • Southeast
      • Alabama
        • Birmingham
      • Florida
        • Orlando
        • Pensacola
        • South Florida
        • Tampa
        • Tallahassee
      • Georgia
        • Atlanta
        • Cherokee
        • Forsyth
        • Greater Perimeter
        • Gwinnett
        • North Fulton
        • North Georgia
        • Northeast Georgia
        • Rome
        • Savannah
      • Louisiana
        • New Orleans
      • North Carolina
        • Charlotte
        • Raleigh
      • Tennessee
        • Chattanooga
        • Nashville
      • Virginia
        • Richmond
    • South Central
      • Arkansas
        • Northwest Arkansas
    • Midwest
      • Illinois
        • Chicago
      • Michigan
        • Detroit
      • Minnesota
        • Minneapolis St. Paul
      • Missouri
        • St. Louis
      • Ohio
        • Cleveland
        • Columbus
        • Dayton
    • Southwest
      • Arizona
        • Phoenix
        • Tucson
        • Valley
      • Texas
        • Austin
        • Dallas
        • Houston
    • West
      • California
        • Bay Area
        • LA
        • Pasadena
      • Colorado
        • Denver
      • Hawaii
        • Oahu
  • FAQs
  • About Us
    • Our Mission
    • Our Audience
    • Why It Works
    • What People Are Saying
    • BRX in the News
  • Resources
    • BRX Pro Tips
    • B2B Marketing: The 4Rs
    • High Velocity Selling Habits
    • Why Most B2B Media Strategies Fail
    • 9 Reasons To Sponsor A Business RadioX ® Show
  • Partner With Us
  • Veteran Business RadioX ®

Search Results for: marketing matters

How Divorce Impacts a Business Sale, with Melissa Gragg, Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC

January 31, 2023 by John Ray

Melissa Gragg
How to Sell a Business
How Divorce Impacts a Business Sale, with Melissa Gragg, Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Melissa Gragg

How Divorce Impacts a Business Sale, with Melissa Gragg, Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC (How To Sell a Business Podcast, Episode 9)

Certified Valuation Analyst Melissa Gragg, managing partner of Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC and host Ed Mysogland explore the complex issues that arise for the business when a business owner divorces. They address topics of navigating the emotions of the parties, disputes over the value, tips to prevent a deal from falling apart, the problem with buy/sell agreements, and much more.

How To Sell a Business Podcast is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton Studio of Business RadioX® in Atlanta.

Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC

Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC conducts business valuations for estate tax purposes, divorce litigation, partner disputes and mergers and acquisitions. Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC works to provide attorneys with a complete understanding of the financial issues in litigation cases involving breach of conduct, patent infringement, acts of fraud, asset misappropriation, breach of fiduciary responsibility and partnership disputes.

They have experience providing financial calculations for family law and personal injury cases as well as testimony in deposition and trial. Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC also serves as a subcontractor providing business valuations, lost profits calculations, lost wages calculations and forensic services to consultants including: accounting firms, investment banking firms, business valuation firms and sole practitioners involved in consulting.

Company website | LinkedIn | Twitter | YouTube

Melissa Gragg, CVA, MAFF, CDFA, Managing Partner, Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC

Melissa Gragg, CVA, MAFF, CDFA, Managing Partner, Bridge Valuation Partners, LLC

Melissa provides litigation support services and expert witness testimony for marital dissolution, owner disputes, commercial litigation, business interruption claims, personal damage calculations, lost profits and personal injury. She also conducts business valuations for purposes of estate planning as well as mergers and acquisitions.

  • Certified Valuation Analyst (CVA)

  • Certified Fraud Examiner (CFE)

  • Master Analyst in Financial Forensics – Matrimonial Litigation (MAFF)

  • Certified Divorce Financial Analyst (CDFA)

·    Possesses over 16 years of experience in providing valuation and consulting for companies ranging in size from large, publicly-traded firms to small, privately-held operations and family limited partnerships (FLPs)

·     Expertise performing valuations in numerous industries, including automotive/car dealerships, construction, electrical contracting, fast-food retail franchises, financial services, food and produce distributors, gas stations, hospitality services, healthcare (pharmacies, rural health clinics, nursing homes, doctors, dentists, orthodontists, chiropractors), insurance companies, industrial, landscaping, law firms, marketing research, nuclear power plant, payroll services, plastics (injection molding, thermoforming, packaging), printing and imaging, specialty retail, restaurants, technology, trucking and website developers.

LinkedIn

Ed Mysogland, Host of How To Sell a Business Podcast

Ed Mysogland, Host of “How To Sell a Business”

The How To Sell a Business Podcast combines 30 years of exit planning, valuation, and exit execution working with business owners. Ed Mysogland has a mission and vision to help business owners understand the value of their business and what makes it salable. Most of the small business owner’s net worth is locked in the company; to unlock it, a business owner has to sell it. Unfortunately, the odds are against business owners that they won’t be able to sell their companies because they don’t know what creates a saleable asset.

Ed interviews battle-tested experts who help business owners prepare, build, preserve, and one-day transfer value with the sale of the business for maximum value.

How To Sell a Business Podcast is produced virtually from the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX® in Alpharetta.  The show can be found on all the major podcast apps and a full archive can be found here.

Ed is the Managing Partner of Indiana Business Advisors. He guides the development of the organization, its knowledge strategy, and the IBA initiative, which is to continue to be Indiana’s premier business brokerage by bringing investment-banker-caliber of transactional advisory services to small and mid-sized businesses. Over the last 29 years, Ed has been appraising and providing pre-sale consulting services for small and medium-size privately-held businesses as part of the brokerage process. He has worked with entrepreneurs of every pedigree and offers a unique insight into consulting with them toward a successful outcome.

Connect with Ed: LinkedIn | Twitter | Facebook

TRANSCRIPT

Introduction: [00:00:00] Business owners likely will have only one shot to sell a business. Most don’t understand what drives value and how buyers look at a business. Until now. Welcome to the How to Sell a Business podcast where every week we talk to the subject matter experts, advisors and those around the deal table about how to sell at maximum value. Every business will go to sell one day. It’s only a matter of when. We’re glad you’re here. The podcast starts now.

Ed Mysogland: [00:00:35] In this podcast, I had the opportunity to visit with Melissa Gragg. And for those of you who have either been divorced, know somebody that got divorced that owns a business or is thinking about getting a divorce, this episode’s for you.

Melissa is just dynamite. She has been in this world of disputes and complex valuation matters for years. I’ve followed her career. She writes an awful lot about the topic. And just a few things about her. You know, she’s a certified valuation analyst. She’s a certified fraud examiner. She’s a master analyst in forensic, financial forensics specializing in matrimonial litigation. And finally, she’s a certified divorce financial analyst. And in our time together, there was no shortage of tips about these complex matters where there’s emotions involved and what is fair may not necessarily be equal. So, I hope you enjoy my conversation with Melissa Gragg.

I’m your host, Ed Mysogland. On this podcast, I interview buyers, sellers, dealmakers, and other professional advisors about what creates value in a business and how that business can effectively be sold at a premium value. On today’s show, I am so stoked. I have Melissa Gragg of Bridge Valuation Partners and The Valuation podcast. I came to know her years ago. She’s going to give me grief about it, but she was a prolific author. And I read about her in the Trade Magazines, and she was always that person for divorce and complex issues. And I just enjoy reading about her. And at some point, I was going to get her on the podcast, and I finally have done it. And this is round two because I screwed up the technology the first time. So, Melissa, welcome to round two.

Melissa Gragg: [00:02:51] Thank you. So good to be here, again.

Ed Mysogland: [00:02:54] Right. So, before we get started, I kind of gave an overview about just your background, but you know, can you talk a little bit about how Bridge Valuation Partners came to be, as well as your own podcast?

Melissa Gragg: [00:03:13] Yeah, sure. I mean, Bridge Valuation Partners, I kind of had to come up with a name at some point because we all start with a company working for others and then we create our own company. And I was like, well, what do I really do? I kind of am the bridge between two people that are disagreeing, whether they’re a couple or a business owner, and things like that. And so, most of my practice has been around litigated matters or when people are fighting. And I started to realize that if I could work for both of them, it was a little bit easier because being impartial in the middle is easier when you work for both sides. So, I kind of have been doing a lot of joint work or working as a joint expert and then doing mediation, which is kind of like doing the same thing just outside of court.

Ed Mysogland: [00:04:07] Well, let’s start with divorce. In my world, that is the kiss of death. I mean, it is if someone shows up and says, I want to sell my business because I’m getting divorced, I know that it is guaranteed to be a mess. And chances are it’s never going to sell because somebody is not going to be happy. So, I guess that’s kind of where I wanted to start, was if that’s the decision, whether it’s one party or the other, let’s go ahead and sell, I mean how do you manage that process when both parties, you know, it’s an emotionally charged event? And how can you help somebody through that process? Because I can tell you, we’ve been — I don’t want to say we do a pretty good job of it, but it still breaks down and for no apparent reason other than I’m pissed at the other party. You know what I mean?

Melissa Gragg: [00:05:14] Right. Right. Well, I mean, I think you have a lot of factors. One is traditionally in every state is different, but traditionally, in a divorce setting, if one party wants to keep the business and maybe the other party doesn’t, then we’re going to value it. Right. And one party is going to keep it and the other is going to get equivalent assets. So, then you have a situation where maybe they can’t agree to the price and now you have well, you buy it. No, you buy it. Maybe it’s a passive interest, right? Maybe we’re just a 10 percent owner in something and we don’t want to split it, or it can’t be split.

So, then you have a situation where is the judge forcing the sale? And the judge could say, well, if you guys can’t agree to it, then we’re going to have kind of a liquidation, if you will. And now, we switch over into the M&A world. Well, in the M&A world, what do we want to do? We want to prep for the sale. We want to get our client in the best light possible. And you are literally starting with, we’re getting divorced, we’re selling the company. And so, you’re in a fire sale. A perception to the buyer, I think is part of the bigger issue. And then you have the distracted owner.

Ed Mysogland: [00:06:32] You know, one of the most — we took it on the chin on this divorce because but at the same time, I was kind of impressed that they did it this way. So, the parties couldn’t agree to value so they put it on the market. And I’ll bet you, it was a great business and we had ten plus offers in a real short period of time. And we got down to the person that they were going to sell to, and the wife bought him out. She used that offer as proxy for fair market value, which to me I mean like I said, it forced me to change my engagement agreement from that point forward. But at the same time, we were pretty impressed that what a great way to, you know, if you can’t resolve who’s going to pay what, all right, you put it on the market. The market will tell you what the value is. And that’s my next question is the difference between fair market value in a divorce setting versus what I just described.

Melissa Gragg: [00:07:42] Well, and what you just described is when somebody is getting divorced, if it’s their first time, they don’t know what to do. A lot of the attorneys are kind of like giving advice on what to do. So, when we have a house, we’re like, oh, call an appraiser, get an idea. Just get a rough estimate of what it’s going to cost. And that might cost a couple hundred bucks to get an appraiser to tell you value your house. Now they say, oh, well, you know, there’s these business brokers, these appraisers, like go out and get an idea for them. So absolutely it has been used as a ploy to determine what the fair market value is.

Now, realistically in valuation, any type of merger is going to have some inkling of a strategic value. And so, when you have a strategic value, it’s that I know something about the market that makes me smarter and or I think I’m getting a deal because you’re going through the divorce or whatever the reasons are they might come up with it. Fair market value is willing buyer, willing seller. And that’s usually one of the edicts for a divorce, is that it just has to be you can’t pay a premium or you can’t get a premium for it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:08:56] Well, that’s what tripped me up. Why not in a million years did I think that we were — that at the end of the day, this is how it was going to work, because I figured somebody would put their hand up and say, this isn’t fair market value. This is something other than that. And it didn’t. And I mean, the judge was tickled pink that, you know, I mean you can’t argue about it.

Melissa Gragg: [00:09:20] The problem is judges, attorneys, everybody in divorce court, when you even describe fair market value and you’re like willing buyer, willing seller, the first thing they say is like, we’re not selling, we’re not selling, we’re not going to market. This isn’t how we should look at it, like it’s all me. You can’t sell me and all of these things which fair market value is the hypothetical. Like it is the assumption that you’re going to put it on the market and what would somebody pay for the cash flow?

And so, I think in in some capacity, when you have an unwilling business owner that is willing to sell out, but maybe not internally because again, you’re never going to know the true value if you’re just a warring couple or warring partners. Like you’re always going to assume that you’re getting screwed over. So, an outside buyer comes in and offers that price. The judge is going to love that because they’re going to say, well, somebody on the outside was willing to pay that and you now paid it. So that person got what it was worth. And they think that that is absolutely the proxy. And even if you have a conversation of, well, we had five buyers and we worked up the price and it’s now a 20 percent premium, quite frankly, then they would probably turn around and say, okay, well, are you willing, sir, to buy your wife’s shares out?

Now, to me, if the wife comes in and buys it at that point, then there was still an implicit understanding that it was worth more. And so now, you’re arguing against a kind of an assumption that’s probably erroneous. But like we’ve talked about this before, they’re locking in on that number and nothing even a willing buyer out in the open field offering to buy this, if they still think that it’s worth more. You know, like right now in divorce, the attachment to property is a big deal. So, the attachment to a business that’s maybe been in the family, or you have children that are working in the business, you have more complexity. Normally, these businesses provide the lifestyle for everyone involved. So, you can’t get rid of the business because then we don’t have an income. And if we don’t have an income, we can’t pay alimony and we can’t pay for the houses. So, it’s kind of a catch 22.

Ed Mysogland: [00:11:44] Play that out. So, what do you do? I mean, that wasn’t where I was going, but I’m interested in what in the world do you do when you have that level of complexity in a family business that the income stream is the source of income for a bunch of family members? Yeah. How do you do that?

Melissa Gragg: [00:12:05] Well, I mean, one is can it continue? And because once we start to take a look from a business valuation standpoint, we start to see some of the nuances, like we have to dial back some of those expenses to understand what the true cash flow is. But in those situations, when it’s providing for the family, a lot of times, I mean quite frankly those are the situations when you have a privately held company, majority owned by one person, right, the father, the grandfather, the mother, the grandmother, whatever, that hierarchy, and you have all these kids. Well, both spouses have an interest to have the kids still employed. But now you’re looking at, most of the time the other spouse is concerned that a lot of personal expenses are being run through the business.

And so, you have this kind of this thing of like, well, we want to dig deeper. Almost always there’s some issue of what has been done from an accounting standpoint, but it’s never in the best interest for the parties to go down that path of like threatening, well, I’m going to call somebody and you’re going to get in trouble for doing these things, putting personal expenses on your business. It’s really starting to educate them on the fact of that sometimes one income stream was great for one household, but it wasn’t great for two. And so, in looking at it, you don’t want to blow it up, right, because it’s still going to be funneling through one party to the other.

But then it becomes, is it rehabilitative, you know, like maintenance, paying somebody should get them to another spot, but that’s not always what it’s used for. So, it becomes a very difficult situation. But you don’t want to like throw the baby out with the bathwater. Like you don’t want to call the IRS or call the Feds to come in because my husband’s doing something or my wife’s doing something when it will crater the entire thing. It’s better to kind of come in and say that there’s a lot of discretionary items that should be done differently.

And as evaluators, we’re not coming in to say that the taxes were done incorrectly, right? We’re making the assumption that they were done properly with the CPA. So, if you have a business owner that does their own taxes, it’s a little bit different. You have to do your own professional due diligence and say, does it make sense? I mean, we had one just yesterday. We presented it. And they were very concerned. And it was based in an industry that has so much fraud in it. So, the odds are there’s something going on. But when we compared it to the bank statements and the tax returns and the financials, guess what, they weren’t too far off. Because the reality is most people aren’t criminals, they’re just trying to like get away with a little bit.

Ed Mysogland: [00:15:06] Yeah, minimize taxes.

Melissa Gragg: [00:15:07] Back it out in the valuation. Yup. Can we look at what it looks like without it? Yup. And that’s really how we approach it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:15:14] And then how do the parties feel about that? Because now, you’re a little bit different, like because you’re hired by both parties to mediate a value. So, your findings are, look, they are what they are. I don’t represent either one of you or I represent both of you. And here’s where it lands. But I guess as you start uncovering the discretionary expenses or you start uncovering getting the business down to truly what you’re valuing. And I mean, how is your level of scrutiny felt by the parties? Is it good or bad? I would imagine it’s good. At least somebody knows that this is going on well. At least one party does, you know.

Melissa Gragg: [00:16:08] Yeah. And I’m not always hired for both parties, but I think you have to operate in this space as if you are always are hired by both parties. Like really looking at it from a neutral standpoint. But then in kind of taking that one step further, if I’m working for both parties and I’m in the middle, I literally am telling them like everybody has their mediation spiel at the beginning. I’m telling them crazy stuff. Like everybody else wants to say, talk nice and be nice. And I’m like, no, I’m there to protect you from yourself and from everybody else in the room. And I’m there to provide education on the value and there’s always going to be gray.

So, in a lot of times, I have to bring the gray up. Like, oh, parties, are you aware, since this is a business owned by one spouse, about the double dip? And they’re like, no, I don’t know about the double dip. And I’m like, well, the double dip is, we can only have income be either salary or profit. And they’re like, okay, well, tell me more. And we talk about that. Well, of course, some of these things are on the side of one party or the other. But if I say it to everybody involved and I say, here are the positives and negatives, and I create it as a situation that we just talk about, it diffuses it.

And if there is an issue, if you spent $1,000, let’s say $10,000, make it good, $10,000 at a jeweler. And I ask what was bought and it was not to your wife, it still is. You control the vibe and the energy of the room. And so, if I’m like, well, what is this $10,000? Did you buy a diamond? Or if I’m just like, it looks like there was $10,000 to Diamond Company, is everybody aware of what was purchased? And one person might say no. And I’ll say, okay, what was purchased? Was it for business purposes? And then it will typically, if there’s infidelity, it’s already known. And we’re quantifying it to say, okay, you spent $10,000 on the paramour. But the thing is, most people use their bank account for multiple expenditures, but the tax accountant is allocating it out and saying this is to the business and this is to you personally. But the spouse doesn’t know that process and doesn’t see that process.

And so, I’m like, yeah, I know he’s using the card, but it’s still the accountant is not putting that as an expense. So, some of it’s education, some of it’s identifying the issues when we have inheritances involved or settlements from suits that’s going to have a little bit more houses, have a little bit more energy. More than houses, vacation homes, because vacation homes are where we went when we were happy as a family. And we want to continue to be happy as a family, even if it’s without that one spouse. So, I’ve seen vacation homes become more of like both parties can use them. But you need to identify where the emotion is going to be because when you mix emotion and numbers, they don’t match. You have to deal with the numbers in a very different way than you have to deal with the emotions. So, when the numbers are tied to the emotion, if you don’t know that going in, how do you back down off of that emotion?

Ed Mysogland: [00:19:52] So in a sale environment, I mean what’s the tip or what’s the tell that things are going to go awry. So, if I’m getting divorced, I want to know, people that are listening, what am I looking for, or how do I know this path? What’s going to happen to me? Or what is the scrutiny? Is this really the colonoscopy I’m told it’s going to be? That kind of thing.

Melissa Gragg: [00:20:28] If you’re the broker, if you’re the M&A advisor and somebody is going through a divorce, you have to be very clear. I would almost get both parties in the room and have the discussion like this is the process. We’re going to get offers, because if you can in the room zoom, however you do it at this point. But if you can lay eyes on that out spouse, the spouse that’s not part of it, and everybody is saying, yes, we are selling this company. If that person is sitting back and being like, well, like how much? Like what is it going to entail? Those are going to be your signs that that’s going to, like if you don’t answer those questions now, eventually that’s almost like your second seller, right? So, you get everything.

So, your first seller is the person that’s totally making the decisions and yet they still have the second seller in the back that could trump everything. So, unless you know the relationship and you’ve put eyes on it because guess what? In a divorce, there’s three stories. Wife, husband, husband, husband, wife, wife. However, you want to look at, there’s two sides, and then there’s the truth. And the problem is, if you don’t put eyes on that situation and it’s acrimonious or it’s okay or they are not aligned, I would almost step back from the situation because you’re just punting that issue until you get closer to a close date and then it’s going to just ruin it at that point. So, I think you’ve got to get both. And who’s making the decision? Like if the court has determined that it’s going to be sold, then there is a written court order for the sale of that company. And so, then you’re working. Now, can somebody break it? Sure, they’re people.

Ed Mysogland: [00:22:16] Well, the funny thing is most of the blowups in recent memory has been once we get an offer and we start moving down that path of this is, you know, how much we’re getting, what’s the promissory note? If there’s a bank involved, is there sub debt? And the prospect of I’m going to have to defer part of my purchase price with this guy I’m trying to totally divest myself of, you know, it hasn’t gone well. And again, as well as due diligence.

Due diligence is another thing, especially if you’ve got husband and wife that have been working in the business and now buyer has to rely on them collectively to provide whether it’s a quality of earnings or whether it’s just your normal due diligence. It is a total pain and that’s where it falls apart. So, I guess that’s where my next question is, you know, now you know where it is, what do you do? I mean, have you seen anything effective that would help me not allow the, I shouldn’t say not allow, how to prevent the deal from blowing up once we agree on purchase price? We’re only about 30 percent of the way there. now we’ve got to verify.

Melissa Gragg: [00:23:51] I think you have to frontload it. So, I think you have to frontload all the work. But the thing that somebody says when they’re in a divorce and when they’re selling their company is the same, it’s my second job. And so, when you’re in a divorce selling your company and running a company, you now have three jobs. And the problem is three jobs is going to stress out anybody, but then you have a divorce which is highly emotional. And then, quite frankly, we are discounting the fact that selling your baby, I mean, your company is highly emotional.

So, when you combine those three, you either have to lower your expectation for quickness and that’s never a good thing in a deal. Right? Like we can’t just like, oh, you have due diligence requests, we’ll get back to you next month. That’s the close. Like you don’t have that space. So, in my mind, if I see somebody that’s in a divorce and every end, like we’re going to talk about all the issues at the beginning, all the negotiations, we’re going to have everything ready for due diligence before it’s even requested. And just be prepared for that capability because I don’t want to disclose it to the buyers of like, oh, you know, like will you be patient with my client because they’re going through a divorce. Like, they don’t care. They see blood and they’re just going to go for you and they’re going to be like, oh, fine, yeah, we’ll give you more time. We’re going to ding you on the price too.

So, in my mind, it’s really having, like everything I think is setting the expectation. And so, if you set the expectation with the couple and you’re like, I don’t know if this is going to be a good time or not or who is the front person, like what things do we have to agree with and what things that we don’t? Because the moment you continue to leave out a spouse, especially gender related, that spouse is not your gender, right, so you keep on leaving out the wife, you’re going to be the bad guy, he’s going to be the bad guy. And it’s going to be a perceived not disclosing the information. You could be giving them everything but the perception.

And so, I think when you get involved in these like people don’t like divorce because half of it’s on perception. There’s no logic about it. There’s no real thing happening. It’s just the perception like, oh, you didn’t have a conversation with, I’m the owner too. And as a woman, we are constantly put to the side in those situations, especially when it’s male advisors. And so, I think that in anything you have to do your own due diligence, the way I do mediations or when I work for a joint party, we have very clear communication. You do not get to talk to me without me responding with your original email. So, if you email me and say I hate this person and the value should be this, I’m going to say thank you for your email. And I’m going to respond to everyone, your spouse, the advisor, everyone. And I’m going to say, I’m going to clarify the situation. And so, in my mind, that keeps me away from having any confidential discussions. Now, I can tell you how we use confidential discussions, but for those from the very beginning until I get the trust of everyone, everything has to be communicated to the whole.

Ed Mysogland: [00:27:15] Well, I’ll tell you, one of the things that you just said was I think really impactful is front loading. That if you’re going to go through a divorce, you need to prepare much more. The normal data room is not adequate. You need a full due diligence uploaded and ready to go because I think the shorter the time from offer to close, even though that’s best practice anyway, in that case you have to do it. That was really great.

Melissa Gragg: [00:27:59] But realistically in a divorce, the discovery process is very extensive. So, in some capacity, if you’re selling after you’re getting divorced, in the divorce is a lot of the documents. Now, if you’re selling and then getting divorced, it’s the vice versa. Like you have all the documents. And in those cases, if you are not hiding the ball, if you are not trying to keep documents away from your spouse, it doesn’t even make sense. Like you are a couple, your money comes from one pot and yet you’re going to take your money and pay two different people to value the same thing. And they’re guaranteed going to come up with different numbers for sure, going to come up with different numbers. And then you’re just going to pay them to fight. And nobody else in the room even knows what they’re talking about.

So, I think that the documents might be there, but they may not be. I mean you’re not going to be ready for equality of earnings. You’re going to have it. And for the most part, I think business brokers and M&A advisors, we know what is going to be needed. And so, from my standpoint, if you see kind of slow times in the process from the divorce standpoint or whatever, because like divorces could take a year or two.

Ed Mysogland: [00:29:16] I get it.

Melissa Gragg: [00:29:16] You might sell a company and still be getting divorced. So, I think you just have to know where you’re at in the process. And then the additional pieces, is this business cyclical? Because if this business is cyclical and we’re heading into Christmas season and that’s their time, you all just have to stop. Like at some point, you just have to be like, this is not going to work. Because if you start to crater the business owner like and with mental health at an all-time high issue, it could be more impactful. So, I just think that having them understand that each of these takes time and a process and that hey, you have the time now, get the documents now, let’s answer the questions. I mean, even doing preliminary valuations, I tell people it’s going to help you know the answers that you have no clue. Like what happened to that expense? I just asked a client, what is this $700,000 other income?

Ed Mysogland: [00:30:21] What was it?

Melissa Gragg: [00:30:22] Like it’s not like $7. It’s like $700. And you know what he said to me? And I said, it was last year, last year, like, we’re right there. Right. And he’s like, really? I wonder how that could be. And I was like, do you think your accountant knows? Oh, yeah, I’m sure she knows. Wait, wait, it could have been literally he named four different things that it could be. So, you have to understand the level of business of what you’re, like does the owner have a hand on every single thing? Or is the owner — I mean because the companies that are selling are $25, $50 million, right? These owners are not doing everything.

And so, they don’t know the answer, but they’re sitting in the room negotiating these. Like you’re negotiating these prices with them. And then they ask one question of like, well, where’s that $700,000 of other income? And you’re like, hey, guy, what’s that 700? And he’s like, oh, it could have been a lot of things. Is it recurring? Is it going to happen again? I don’t know. I don’t know. So, I think that a lot of it’s your due diligence so that you can conduct it without the owner there. And most of the time, we want to conduct all of this with the owner.

Ed Mysogland: [00:31:33] Yeah, no, no.

Melissa Gragg: [00:31:34] But there are going to be times where they’re just going to disappear because they’re going to be so overwhelmed by all of this.

Ed Mysogland: [00:31:40] Yeah, I follow. Well, I want to conclude the story of the woman I told you that used us for fair market value. And her husband was just, I mean just that kind of guy, good for her for getting divorced kind of guy. And she turned it and flipped it. She bought it and flipped it. And I’ll bet you, she made — it wasn’t times two, but it was a good one and a half times, and it was within months. She knew exactly what she was doing. And I loved it because, like I said, it was you don’t wish divorce on anybody, but, boy, you know, this guy was just not, it was a good situation.

Melissa Gragg: [00:32:29] So, I think the hardest issue in divorce valuation in general is that when we’re doing strategic value, when we’re looking at investors, when we’re working for the company, right, and talking about how to grow it, sell it, buy it, whatever, we’re looking at really like what is the potential, right? And we’re kind of ignoring the probability that that’s going to happen because we’re speculating. And quite frankly, even sometimes when I get into these businesses, I was like, yeah, I see it. I see the future. It is bright, it’s going to be beautiful, but it hasn’t happened.

And like, as much as I believe that it could happen, in a divorce we are looking at what has happened, because in some courts they think that a future or a projection or a DCF, a discounted cash flow model is future projections and its future value. Right. And sometimes, we can’t explain that away because they’re just like, no, you’re not. And in divorce, you’re sometimes not entitled to future value. You’re entitled to what this value is today. And so, I think in that capacity, it’s hard because you get in these situations and you feel and you hear the impassioned business owner and they always think that their business is worth more, way more money until they get divorced and then it’s worth nothing, you know. So, you always have that issue.

But for me, it’s kind of getting out of the speculation and the belief that it is going to happen because these people are usually brilliant and they’re coming up with great ideas and they may have a lot of cash flow that’s coming in or investors, but we can’t speculate. Like if you haven’t proved it, and that’s the hard part. Like somebody could say, oh, okay, you’re going to go sell this business for $1 million. I got somebody who’s willing to pay $2 million. Why? Because I sold them on the dream, right? It’s still the same business, but I was able to create a vision that they bought into better than you. Okay. But either way, even if they walked away and that spouse bought it from you, like she probably needed to still pay the deal fees, right?

Ed Mysogland: [00:34:47] No. That’s my point. No, no. That was the whole point. She was excluded from our agreement. It was third party. That’s why I said we changed all of our agreements. If that changes hands from a family member, we’re getting paid. And in this case, it was an intercompany sale. So, yeah, we took it on the chin on that one. But like I said, you know, we paid the tuition and that’s okay. It hasn’t ever happened again.

So, the remaining time that we have, I wanted to talk to you about the work you’re doing with selling companies, because regardless of who you use or how you get your business sold, ultimately the goal is to have a successful exit. And the model that, what you’ve taken as far as the mediation process and applied it to selling a company, to me I think that is fascinating and truly a great way to exit a business. So, can you talk a little bit about your process and the evolution of it I guess to begin with and then how you do that and what has been most effective on, you know, as far as the exit?

Melissa Gragg: [00:36:12] I think lately I’ve seen more partnerships either buying in or buying out. And most of it’s because we either got money sitting on the side or we need the money, right? And so, somebody will come to me and they will say, hey, I got a person, they’re thinking maybe they’re employee, maybe they’re an outside, they want to buy the company. And I need to know what it’s worth because we need to start these negotiations. And then I say, great. And usually, it’s the business owner, right? And sometimes it’s the person buying in. I’m going to buy into this company, can you tell me if it’s going to be worth it?

A lot of times, I’m telling them like, you don’t need a valuation report. Like you need numbers run and depending upon your credential, you can either run those numbers and give a smaller piece of paper or not, but you have to understand your own standards. But it’s really, though, because what I tell them is I can give you a number, I can look at the business, and I can give you the number. And that’s going to be the starting point of the negotiation.

And whatever number you tell them, depending upon what side you are, is either where you start and you’re going to pay more, or you are going to get less. But either way, you have to determine where that starting point is. And I say, a way to do this if we don’t start right now is you go back to that person, that partner, and you say, hey, do you want to do it together? You split the fees or in some cases, if it’s you’re buying out a partner, it’s the company. And I come in and I do the same thing. It’s the communication has to be clear, communication with all parties.

And we go in and we look, and I get them to all sign off on the history, the adjustments. I still do the math, but I’m like, hey, does this adjusted EBITDA make sense? Does this projection make sense? And they come back, and they argue the inputs, the assumptions basically. They’re like, oh, I think it’s going to be growing faster. Well, now you think a 3 percent growth rate. He thinks a 15 percent growth rate. I think I have an industry report that says seven, but I show you what seven and ten looks like. And eventually, I will offer them, so we negotiate.

And then at some point I say, okay, are we good on the numbers? Like you understand what I’m saying as the cash flow going forward if you’re doing capitalization of earnings? They say yes. And I say, okay, boop, here’s the value. And they’re like — and they should be, each of them should be moderately okay and moderately, that they’re going to like sit there and be like, are you okay with it because, wait, because they don’t want to get screwed. You just don’t want to get screwed in this situation. But what happens is I’m defending the number, not them. So, they can still remain friends because I’m the enemy and I’m the enemy to both of them, because one of them wants it higher and one of them wants it lower.

So, they’re going to come at me from both sides. But what they’re not having conversations with is each other. Because if you negotiate just two people, you made up your numbers. And if you made up your numbers, I just don’t like yours and you don’t like mine and there’s no basis for them. So, now we’re in this tit for tat and we’re not probably going to be happy after it because you’re both going to feel screwed. And so, in doing this in the middle, we show the number and then I say, hey, you each get an hour with me by yourself. And they’re like, what? And I’m like, yeah, so we’re going to take these models or templates. And we’ve done this with family members of four different parties warring. Everybody gets an hour and we use the models and the templates to run your numbers.

So, you thought it was a 3 percent growth rate. You thought that we would have to get debt. You thought that that was a bad ad back. Whatever it was that you just didn’t like, I get to show you what the number means now. Sometimes I do it with both of them there and say, oh, you wanted these things. The value is now it’s not a million anymore, it’s $990,000. And then I go over to this guy, and I say, you know, you wanted this and the value is $1.1 million. And so, and maybe it’s $1.2, right? So, it’s a little bit down on this guy, but a little bit more up on this one.

Now, I’ve established the range that you guys negotiate and then I tell them now the value is one issue. We have to negotiate employment contracts, earn outs, buyouts, the timing for the buyout. So, now you’re arguing the facilitation of the buyout as opposed to the number of the buyout, right? And that’s where it kind of changes. And quite frankly, if you’re buying in, this is a bigger deal because now you’re going to buy — you now have an unequal distribution of power. And unless I level the playing field from a power standpoint, the person that doesn’t have control over it is always going to think I am in the corner of the businessperson.

Ed Mysogland: [00:41:16] So doesn’t the business owner, in their operating agreement or bylaws, isn’t there something that governs people buying in? And do you kick that to the curb and say, you know what, I get it, but this is how we’re going to do it? Or better yet, Mr. Owner, this is what we’re going to have to supersede this agreement in order to get that party into this business if you truly want him as him or her as an investor, how does that work?

Melissa Gragg: [00:41:48] I will say a buy sell agreement. I haven’t seen one written properly or well. And I think a lot of people go and try to help people come up with better buy sells so that they can avoid this. I will tell you for the most part, and I can’t say all the way and I can’t say every state, for the most part when I’ve been involved in litigation where there was a very specific buy sell, almost specific enough to say we determine the EBITDA based on this, this is the multiple, blah, blah, blah, and there’s some room to allow the valuation, the court throws it out.

Ed Mysogland: [00:42:26] Really? Why?

Melissa Gragg: [00:42:27] I have very rarely seen a buy sell with upheld. One is because most of the things that they say is going to happen in the buy sell that they’ve covered is not what is happening. And then the divorce is kind of different. So, if the divorce says, oh, it’s going to be book value, yeah, that’s not an equitable situation. So, the court could just say that’s not equitable, that’s not fair. And then I come in anyway. And so, for the most part, and I think that where we went wrong as we figured out a long time ago that we would negotiate from a position that we make up. And I am finding that if we negotiate from some solid numbers with some decent multiples and decent cash flow, because the reality is, what am I buying? Am I buying $500,000 of cash flow? Am I buying $100,000 of cash flow? And if I can’t get to that point where we all agree to it, why am I buying into it?

So, it’s really going to uncover how do they — and I will tell both of them, I said, how you deal with this is a very good indication of how you deal with this going forward and all issues that you’re going to talk to about being two owners. And so, it just started as a thing that I just did a couple of times, and then it became like, I value the company every year for whoever buys in and buys out. Quite frankly, I believe that if you want to lock in a buy sell, you need to value the company every single year. And that value becomes the value that anybody over the next year can buy in or buy out for.

And then it’s been determined. It’s a consistent process. You have a pattern. To me, in any of this, especially if you’re going to continue to buy in and buy out like an ESOP, any sort of employee, like employees buying in and out because that’s how the boomers and everybody is going to exit, right? There has to be like, you can’t just be bought out sometimes. Like sometimes there’s going to be family members and things like that. It’s going to be a transition period, but you’re going to be working. Even if somebody comes in and buys your company out totally, one to three years you’re going to be working with them.

So, if you hate them on day one, this is not the endeavor that you want to go about. And you’re hating them because they didn’t like your number, but your number was pulled from the sky. And it’s what you felt it was worth, but I try to encourage people to have solid foundation to negotiate because there’s always ways to give. Like if I come in and I do the valuation right, and I’ve done it for so many families. And that’s where it becomes key.

Niece is buying out of business, right? I’m coming in and trying to save those relationships from the negotiation process. But if I don’t have some support for that position, now if I come in and say this is worth a million and you really want to sell it to them for $800,000, there’s nothing that prevents you from doing that. I’m just giving you a rubric or a container of here’s the reasonable value. If you decide to go outside of the reasonable value, what do we know in mergers and acquisitions? You can go outside any you want. Maybe that niece is like, no, no, auntie, I want to make sure you get at $1.5 million. Okay, but I want you to continue to work.

Again, we were solving situations with a number that we just thought everybody would seal on, and they’re not. There’s no number. That’s the hard part for people to understand. Even if I do this for a living and I come up with numbers for four companies, there really is no number. There’s a range of reasonable value. Hopefully, both experts, or multiple experts would all be in that range, but there’s a range of reasonable value and then there’s negotiating the intricacies of the deal. So I might take $800,000 because I want a two year salary.

Ed Mysogland: [00:46:44] So in your practice, one of the things, I mean you’re able to facilitate exits and not just with family members. And in our original conversation, you’re dealing with people that have received indications of interest and actually helping those two, I don’t say merge, but there’s an exit. But you’re right in the middle of it. I don’t want to say — I mean you’re a value broker is I think the term I used before. I mean, you’re right in the middle of brokering that value. So, you know —

Melissa Gragg: [00:47:25] I think business brokers and M&A advisors, because I was in that field, right, that’s where I started. We were always trying to get these great companies to sell or buy. The good companies, EBITDA of $1 million or more, $5 million. And the reality is I’m valuing companies every year just for strategic planning. And what I am seeing, and this is post pandemic, this was not pre-pandemic, this is post-pandemic, this is very much business owners that are 55, 65, 75, I am seeing so much money in the hands of private equity and big companies that they are just coming to my client’s door and knocking on the door. And they’re like, Hey guys, are you for sale? And my clients like no. And they’re like, how about name your price. And then they’re like, name my price?

Okay. So, then they come back to me and they’re like, hey, somebody wants to name their price. I know we were worth a million dollars at the year end, but do you think we can get three? And I’m like, I don’t know. Let’s take a look at it. So, it’s negotiating that purchase price up. But what I say, so I come in there and I say, hey, can you go hire my guy, Ed, because he’s going to help you like make sure you get the right. And you know what the owners say, why would I bring in Ed? Like, I can do this. And you know what the buyer says? Why are you bringing in Ed? We want to screw the seller over. Don’t bring in Ed. Ed’s going to protect them.

And so, we’re going in this interesting space where business owners are doing their own deals, regardless of what you say. And so, and I’m like I got people that won’t charge you on the deal fee. Like they’ll just charge you by the hour. Now, they’re like, I got you. Can we just use you? And I’m like, What? But the reality is they’re getting it done and some of the buyers and sellers just want to do this business owner to business owners. So, they’re not — like sometimes it’s an unsophisticated buyer. I had an unsophisticated buyer and seller where literally they were both like, okay, Melissa so should we both just hire the same attorney? Like, who should we hire to do that? And that, quite frankly, after being in a lot of deals that were really bad or went wrong or had post litigation after the deal, like one of my deals literally within a month, they already had an issue, right, because of some stuff.

Ed Mysogland: [00:50:00] Totally. Yeah, stuff.

Melissa Gragg: [00:50:01] That’s what’s happening. And it’s interesting to me because these are the clients I always wanted when I would go to M&A, right. And I could never get them because they were kind of untouchable because they had so many advisors around them. But the reality is this valuation is kind of the carrot and they want to know because they want to negotiate themselves. And then when they’re not good at it, they need us to help them, in the wings though. Half the time, I’m helping them but not a leader.

Ed Mysogland: [00:50:36] Yeah. I’ll tell you. And in our shop, I mean, I can tell you with certainty, if you do valuation work, I mean digging in, not necessarily a full blown report, but digging in and understanding the value and understanding how the buyer is going to look at. You got 87 percent of the time, your business sells. I mean, that’s a huge number. And at the same time, I wish and I think I’m going to, just because you said it, I’m going to start keeping track of our profit center of unscrewing up people’s original work, not value work, but negotiation work. And just what you describe, hey, I’ve got a buyer or I’ve got multiple buyers. You know, I get these letters every day and now what? Well, you know, I got this far and you know, the —

Melissa Gragg: [00:51:33] And I told my guys I was like, if you get calls every week, write down the names.

Ed Mysogland: [00:51:37] Right.

Melissa Gragg: [00:51:38] Write down the names. Just write down. Like that’s our short list of if we did want to do. Because what I see is when really profitable companies go to sell, there’s usually an event, a health event, a situation that happens that makes it be like, okay, we got to sell in six months. And the reality is when the person comes knocking, if you are ready and if you know the worth, your worth, right, then you’re in a better situation. If you also, you know, it’s not like, oh, doing a valuation makes you better prepared. No, doing a valuation or having some consistent advisors in general, they’re going to be like, hey, why are you doing that? Oh, that’s not good. Don’t do that. Stop. Get an accountant. Clean up the books.

And so, when they come, quite frankly, if somebody does a quality of earnings on one of my deals, it should go smooth because we already knew, you know, or even like we talked about this, we’ll negotiate the holdback. Like I will negotiate the whole back at the LOI stage and they’re like, why are you negotiating this? And I was like, Because you’re going to come back and ding me on it at the end. Like, let’s talk about everything right now.

Ed Mysogland: [00:52:51] It’s funny you say it because I was just squabbling with another deal person and they were like, you got to be kidding me. Well, I told you I had Elliot Holland from Guardian Due Diligence on the podcast a couple of weeks ago. And I was saying, boy, if you could just show up to a buyer, show a buyer here’s where the quality of earnings, wouldn’t it make the whole process go infinitely easier? And the opposing viewpoint was why in the world would I air my laundry and get dinged at the beginning? And I’m sitting here going, well, I’m not really certain. I’m questioning how big are the ding you would receive. I mean they may look at and say, yeah, you know what? It may not be worth as much as we originally thought. But I have to believe downstream, after everybody’s put some time into it, they’re going to get dinged worse. You know what I mean? From a value penalty. What do you think?

Melissa Gragg: [00:53:58] If you have a skeleton in the closet, period, point blank, we have to pull them out. We have to dress them up. We have to put lipstick on them. We have to make it look good. But we need to tell them selling your company is like a relationship, okay. So, if you have, I don’t know, a really big issue, an STD, you probably should tell that person before you do that next step. And so, in selling your company, if you know that when they come to your facility, you know something’s going to be there that they’re not aware of, then why wouldn’t we prep? Why wouldn’t we just — here’s the thing is, why aren’t we just honest? Right? Just be honest. You want to buy it or not buy it.

And I think that that’s where these business owners are, because if they’re being approached, then they’re kind of like, okay. And I do say let’s anchor the deal. Like, let’s put that number out there because I want them to negotiate off of our number as opposed to, they come in and you want $5 million and they tell you $1, guess what’s going to happen? Every single day if you do that deal, you’re going to remember that day. Right? And you’re going to think that they tried to screw you and it’s just going to blow up. Like so much trust is built in the deal process with those two owners that if you — like we had a situation where there like there was some adjustment. And they’re like, oh, we don’t need to tell them about that. Oh yes, we do. Or we bought out — one of our deals, we bought out an owner like at a year before at a very different price. And they said do you have a valuation for that buyout, a report? And they said nope. Well, how did you buy him out? Oh, we did the analysis with Melissa, but we never summarized it in a report. Oh, really?

So, I presented the value to all the partners jointly, and they purchased each other out at that price or a similar price. And when they did it, they said, okay, well, we need it in writing so that everybody, I said no, I would not put it in writing. And they’re like, Why? I said, because when due diligence comes. And they say, can you give us your past valuation reports for the past five years, you get to say the truth, which is you don’t have one.

Ed Mysogland: [00:56:25] That’s great. No, that’s great.

Melissa Gragg: [00:56:26] So that’s how I protect you from yourself in the deal.

Ed Mysogland: [00:56:30] That is such great advice. And the funny thing is that these sellers, to me, the level of scrutiny and the amount of professional advisers that are going to be in this deal, it’s going to be found out. Whatever you think you’re going to hide, there’s no way that anybody’s going to not find it. And so, this caveat emptor stuff because you know, like I said, this other deal guy you know I’d never put a quality of earnings up front. Yeah. Well, I am totally on the opposite end of the spectrum, and it sounds to me like you are too.

Melissa Gragg: [00:57:17] Well and if you don’t give them the report, I think you have to do the work. I think if you’re going to consider — I mean, and you know, this is the stuff that we say. But if you’re going to consider selling, cleaning up your books, getting an idea of the value, because the reality is you’re going to think it’s worth more than it is figuring out what the after-tax effect, because guess what, there are taxes in these deals. That’s why we do stock — understanding a stock or asset sale. Like why do I care? Understanding what happens if you sell a C-Corp or an S-Corp. These are little things, but I think that that’s how you can start to educate the client is how do you do some of these things.

Now, I think that this is kind of different, but I think that we’re going to start moving towards a private marketplace and we’re going to start moving towards like a matchmaking kind of situation because like I have a certain type of company that my buyer wants, right? And they want a certain type of company. I was like, okay, we’re going to go look for it. And then the next week I get a call from somebody who wants to sell that company. And I was like, what? I was like, you know, I already have a buyer, but I’ll do that work, but I’m going to value it and I’m going to say what it’s worth because we have to do it for certain other purposes. And I can’t, it’s my reputation so I got to do it right.

But I think I could go back to my buyer and say, I already did this valuation. She doesn’t want that because it’s fair market value. She wants more. And now, conceptually — so like let’s say right now you and I are both businesses and my price tag says $10 million and yours says $7, right? So, you come to me and you’re like, hey, your price tag says $10 million like a matchmaking site kind of, right? Your price tag says $10 million. I said, oh, no, no, no, no. Yes, that’s what it’s worth. But like, for me to sell now, it’s going to be $12.

Now, what am I going to negotiate? I’m negotiating the premium. Everybody’s aware of what the fair market value, the base value. Now, do you want to buy it for a premium? What is your premium compared to that person’s premium? And now, I’m going to get what I’m worth, but I want more. Now you’re like, well, but your price tag says $10 million. I was like, yeah, I know, but that’s in five years. Thanks. Bye. $12 million today. Now you might say I would — now I got cancer and I’m like, they go, okay, will you take $9 million? And I’ll be like, yeah, I’ll take it right now, but it creates this openness about what the issues are. And we’re open dating, right. Because most for the most part, people don’t want to sell their company. When you ask business owners, do you want to sell your company, they say, no, we want to grow it. We want to expand. But they’re going to get the knock at the door. And that’s, I think what you have to be prepared for is when the knock comes, are you ready?

Ed Mysogland: [01:00:17] That’s a good point. All right. I appreciate you going over our time. So, my last question is the one I ask every guest is, what is the one piece of advice that you could give to the listeners that would have the greatest impact on their business? How’s that?

Melissa Gragg: [01:00:40] So, what I normally always tell people is know your numbers so you can be a brilliant marketer, you can be a brilliant rainmaker, you can have the personality the size of Texas. Everybody will love you. But there’s veracity and understanding behind numbers. And when you can at least talk the numbers, and if you can’t talk numbers, if numbers is not your strong point, then have somebody that does that you can understand from or like even attorneys. I’m like, you got to start understanding what the business mean. What do these business things mean? Because quite frankly, you know, like I’ve been talking to a lot of people about like chat GPT and stuff like that and AI. And I was like, AI is going to take away everything, all of this bullshit that comes out. Oh, can we just take that out? Any of that bull that comes out of our mouths can be created by AI.

So, you have to figure out why do they need you in the room, the virtual room, the actual room. So, if you’re just coming in and you’re spitting out or just doing this rote stuff because you heard somebody wants to buy a company, oh, you’re going to pay five times, three times EBITDA. If you don’t really know why somebody would pay a premium for you, if there’s not a differentiator, then there’s a problem. If you can’t walk away from it, you know, like I got a guy, he’s running an amazing company. And I was like, your goal is to leave for two weeks and not take a call. And he’s like, no. And I was like, okay, well, maybe it’s next year’s goal.

Ed Mysogland: [01:02:23] Right.

Melissa Gragg: [01:02:24] This year’s goal might be a little bit different, but I don’t think business owners understand that letting go of their business takes time. And so, you have time to get to know your numbers. You have time to know why things are moving, because, quite frankly, start budgeting, start projecting, work with somebody to see if you even line up with the projections and start to take a more calculated. Because for me personally, companies sell amazing on two to three years of great trajectory of growth and they sell well on top. You take that one dip down, it’s not so good anymore. So, it’s really like when’s the right timing and opportunity? And if somebody is going to come knock at your door, be ready, because that’s going to be the easiest deal you probably have ever done.

Ed Mysogland: [01:03:19] Hundred percent. And the fact of the matter is, is that there is so much activity of buyer. You know, it used to be that we were the kind of the conduit to the marketplace anymore. Oh, my gosh. You know, the work that we do to find buyers, anybody can do it. We may know different buyers and better buyers, but generally speaking, you know, the process of procuring a seller list and targeting and so on, so forth, there’s all kinds of books on it. But again, it is what it is.

Melissa Gragg: [01:03:58] I think people will move and shift towards more partnerships, more buying initiatives, trying to get lower costs on supplies and things like that. But the old, you know, merging and somebody is just going to take away all the risk and give you all the money, I don’t think that necessarily happens unless you have heavy equipment companies. But these service companies and things like that, I think you just have to be — you have to know how you are making money, if it can continue, and what reliance it has on you. And if you can answer those questions, those are going to be the bigger questions that a buyer is going to ask. And if the buyer doesn’t think they can ask you questions, how are they going to keep you around and how are they going to think that you’ve done something that’s sustainable? It’s your credibility at that point.

Ed Mysogland: [01:04:53] It is. Well, thanks twice for your time. You were awesome the first time. You were even better the second time. So, where can where can listeners find you?

Melissa Gragg: [01:05:08] Well, currently we have valuationmediation.com, which is really what we’re doing a lot of our valuation in some sort of collaborative fashion. Whether it’s really called mediation or not, it’s really just working with one person when you have multiple parties that just need a number. But that’s a good way to reach out to me. You can connect on LinkedIn. I’m always connecting with LinkedIn, people, even strangers. I know that’s verboten, but I’m fine with it. And reach out to me. Most people have my cell phone and it’s pretty much everywhere on the websites. And if I have the capability to answer, I do. So, I get a lot of calls from like, I saw a video and I have a question and I’m like, great. And sometimes they result in like great cases or clients. So, I think just put yourself out there and be available.

Ed Mysogland: [01:06:02] I got it. And you also have a podcast too.

Melissa Gragg: [01:06:06] Oh yeah, I forgot about that. Yeah, we do have Valuationpodcast.com. This is what happens when you get two podcasters together. Like really, what? Like I’m in the role of I don’t have to worry about that, but we do. We also have a mediatorpodcast.com Which is for the mediation side of it because I think that’s going to be really big in the future as well.

Ed Mysogland: [01:06:28] I agree. Well, Melissa, it’s been great. I sure appreciate your time and I can’t wait to hear the feedback from people because this is a different way of looking at a common issue. So, I’m so grateful for our time. Thanks again.

Melissa Gragg: [01:06:44] All right. Well, thanks, Ed. I appreciate it. Not a lot of people have me on other podcasts, so this is awesome.

Ed Mysogland: [01:06:51] Well, they’re just going to have to listen to this one and they’ll figure out what a great guest you are. Thanks again.

Male: [01:06:58] Thank you for joining us today on How to Sell your Business podcast. If you want more episodes packed with strategies to help sell your business for the maximum value, visit HowtosellaBusinesspodcast.com for tips and best practices to make your exit life changing. Better yet, subscribe now so you never miss future episodes. This program is copyrighted by Myso Inc. All rights reserved.

 

Tagged With: business owner, business sale, business valuation, buy sell agreement, CDFA, Certified Divorce Financial Analyst, divorce, divorce settlement, Ed Mysogland, Family Business, How to Sell a Business, How to Sell a Business Podcast, valuation

Brianna Johnson with Good Faith Consulting, Sean Berney Fable Creature and Tim Abbot with Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter

January 30, 2023 by angishields

Charitable Georgia
Charitable Georgia
Brianna Johnson with Good Faith Consulting, Sean Berney Fable Creature and Tim Abbot with Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Brianna Johnson with Good Faith Consulting, Sean Berney Fable Creature and Tim Abbot with Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter

Brianna-Johnson-bwGood Faith Consulting, LLC began in 2015 when an acquaintance of the owner, Brianna Johnson, passed away unexpectedly.

She saw a great need to begin educating both herself and others when it came to their insurance and from that point on, she began working with small businesses and helping families find the right coverage for their specific needs.

She is an award-winning agent who was awarded as the National Agent of The Year via one of her carriers.

Connect with Brianna on LinkedIn.

Sean-Berney-bwSean Berney grew up surfing and skateboarding on the east coast of Florida. In his early 20’s he decided to jump head first into business management.

After spending 15 years of his life successfully managing brick and mortar retail stores in the action sports industry, Sean decided to take on the challenge of starting his own business. 2020 launched opportunities for him to do just that. Along with a partner,  Sean started an HVAC business and has now started a video production business, Fable Creature.

After moving to Georgia, Sean met and married his best friend Kellie, and exactly a year later (on their one year anniversary), their two nieces came to live with them. Sean has spent most of his life chasing after adventure, and now adventure has started chasing him.

Connect with Sean on LinkedIn.

Tim-Abbot-bwTim Abbott is the National Director, New Member Welcome Experience at Kaiser Permanente. He’s also a Board Member of Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter. Good Neighbor’s mission is to provide men, women, and families with temporary shelter and physical, emotional, and spiritual support.

Tim is married to his wife Lisa, and they have 3 children.

Connect with Tim on LinkedIn.

This transcript is machine transcribed by Sonix

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:07] Broadcasting live from the business radio studios in Atlanta. It’s time for Charitable Georgia, brought to you by Bee’s Charitable Pursuits and Resources. We put the fun in fundraising. For more information, go to Bee’s Charitable Pursuits dot com. That’s Bees charitable pursuits dot com. Now here’s your host, Brian Pruitt.

Brian Pruett: [00:00:45] Good, fabulous. Friday morning, everybody in the listening world, it’s another fabulous Friday. And we got three more fabulous folks this morning. Stone You know, we’ve been doing this show to put positivity out there and today’s show is all about love. And you’ll hear it love and God’s story in these three stories, and they’re all three different. And it’s just amazing what you get to hear and hopefully what you get inspired by. The first guest this morning is Brianna Johnson with a good faith health insurance. So, Brianna, thank you for being here.

Brianna Johnson: [00:01:11] Thanks for having me.

Brian Pruett: [00:01:12] So, first of all, I do want to talk a little bit about your company and the good faith health insurance you get. You have a passion on helping people and trying to get the bridge with health insurance and people that really can’t find the right stuff. So but first of all, share your story and how you started this company and why you do what you do.

Brianna Johnson: [00:01:29] Okay. Well, I had a I was actually in finance before I did this, and I had a young lady come to see me one day and she was 27 years old. She sat across from me and said, I’m going to die before I’m 30 and I need a life insurance policy. And I just looked at her and I said, Well, why do you think you’re going to die? You know? And it turns out her medication was about $2,400. She had a medical condition that was very, very treatable. And I think I called about 5 to 10 different health insurance agents to help her. And nobody would help her because they all focused either on group or they were captive with a company that couldn’t sell them, sell or anything. So I ended up finding that medication for $45. She is now 33 years old. She’s had her third child. Her disease went into remission two years ago and she lives here in Kennesaw. So she’s doing great. But that kind of led me into I need to look into this industry because there’s just so few health insurance agents that actually will help families with preexisting health problems. You know, I look at share plans, I look at the marketplace, I look at individual indemnity insurance. I mean, I look at everything. So it makes me very unique.

Brian Pruett: [00:02:40] Do you also help small businesses as well?

Brianna Johnson: [00:02:43] Oh, absolutely. Up to and past 20 employees. It just depends on what their needs are.

Brian Pruett: [00:02:49] I think that’s awesome because you’re right, there’s a lot of people out there who have preconditioned things going on and they really can’t get the help. So it’s great to have somebody who is looking out for for others and doing that. So you if I remember right when we when we met and talked, you come from a large family, right?

Brianna Johnson: [00:03:04] Yeah. I’m one of 11 children.

Brian Pruett: [00:03:06] Yeah. So I’m sure Christmas was a lot of fun around here.

Brianna Johnson: [00:03:10] Oh yeah. Oh, yeah. You know, and same mom and dad as well. I always have to add that part in. We’re not Irish or we are Irish, but we’re not Catholic. So it’s answering those questions. But Christmas was always a blast. Is always a blast.

Brian Pruett: [00:03:22] Well, one of the reasons I wanted to talk to you is you and your husband did something pretty incredible last year. Yeah, officially, Yeah. You’ve been working on it for a while, but it came came finally to fruition last year. You guys went and adopted an infant? Yes. So share that story.

Brianna Johnson: [00:03:41] So my husband and I and I’m very open about this. We struggled with unexplained infertility for about eight years. And when I say unexplained, it means that we did all the medical testing and they could find absolutely nothing wrong with either one of us. We are, I think, in one of the 5 to 10% of couples who struggle with infertility where they don’t have an explanation. So the doctors just kept saying over and over, just keep trying. Just keep trying. And it was just it got to that point where we both looked at each other and I said, Honey, you’re about to be 38. Do we want to keep trying this way or do we want to actually make some effort and, you know, ensure that we get a child, that we have a child? And so our beautiful little boy was born in April. And the crazy thing is that when you start this process, you are told you’re probably going to have a baby with problems. He’s going to have a mother who’s got a drug problems. You’ve got children who are out there with ADHD and all that. And I go, Well, I have ADHD. So, you know, I sit here and I go, Well, that doesn’t guarantee anything. You know, a biological child doesn’t mean it’s going to be any healthier than a child you adopt. So anyway, we went through the process. It took about six months to get through, you know, the home study and tests and everything else to make sure that you are not criminals, that you’re going through.

Brianna Johnson: [00:05:00] The process is tedious. And we actually went live with our profile in December because the birth moms can actually choose you, which is pretty cool on the private adoption side of it. So if a mother gets pregnant with an unwanted child and they say, I don’t want this baby, they can actually choose the family this child goes to, which a lot of people don’t seem to understand. So we actually got matched two weeks after our profile went live, which is insane. That does not happen very often. And our birth mom, I’m actually still in contact with her. I actually reach out to her about every two weeks, send her emails and updates and. You know, let her know how he’s doing, because obviously this was an act of love on her part. But she had me there for the delivery. So I got the phone call and in the space of 5 minutes, I had to sit down because I thought she was calling my our lawyer was calling me to tell me, Oh, you need something for the website or we need something for this, that and the other. It’s a lot like online dating. You have to create a profile and the birth moms read through your profile and they can pick the criteria.

Brianna Johnson: [00:06:14] They can pick what state you live in. I mean, they literally have all of that information right in front of them. And she picked us, which we’re super humbled by. It was very sweet, the whole process. And, you know, for her, it was like this was not a child that she didn’t want. She just couldn’t keep. She didn’t have a drug problem or anything like that. But she just financially couldn’t do it. This was her fifth child. So in her situation, it’s pretty common for for women to get pregnant, single moms having to struggle through this process. But she has just been a wonderful example to me of just love, because when she gave birth, she was crying. I was crying. We were just congratulating each other, You know, when they put my son on her chest. And it’s, you know, at that time it’s her child, too. She’s just looking at me. She’s like, congratulations, you’re a mom. And she’s it was just incredible. But the entire time, I really did try to make her feel like it’s okay if you change your mind. And that is a hard thing for an adoptive parent to do, especially when you’ve waited this long. So, yeah, so everything has gone really well. And the funny thing is, you know, I mentioned this earlier. Our son’s been sleeping through the night since he was six weeks old.

Brian Pruett: [00:07:38] Wow.

Brianna Johnson: [00:07:38] He is the most sweet, angelic child. And I know I’m totally biased, but he is a really good kid. And it’s just funny because they they prepare you for the worst when you’re adopting, which is good and bad. But in our case, I was like, Man, we’ve been spoiled rotten with this child, Like, he’s so good. And his birth mom and I talk on a regular basis. We’re actually going to go see her this summer. We’re going to spend a week and just visit with her, let her see Corbin, our son, and just let her get to know him a little bit, because I do think that’s very, very healthy for the child when it’s a good situation for them to know the biological family to some extent, to know where they came from.

Brian Pruett: [00:08:23] That’s pretty cool because, I mean, you see, obviously Hollywood can do what they want to, but you see a lot of times it’s further down the road when they start asking questions about who their biological parents are and they want to start searching. So you guys are getting ahead of that curve, which I think is great.

Brianna Johnson: [00:08:36] Yeah. And it’s crazy to me that because, well, at least with private adoption, people think that there’s all these babies that are available. There’s not there’s about 30 families for every available child. So it’s surprising that number because people think, oh, yeah, there’s all these kids. No, there’s not. There’s really not. Not on the private adoption side.

Brian Pruett: [00:08:58] What’s the difference from the private and public side?

Brianna Johnson: [00:09:01] So there’s kind of three ways to adopt. You can do a domestic adoption, also considered a private adoption. You can do an international adoption, and you can also do a foster care adoption. So the private adoption side, there’s never like a 100% guarantee, but you’re definitely in a better spot as far as being more sure you’re going to get a child versus foster care, which is considered not as ideal because it’s designed for reunification. It’s not designed to place children with adopting families. The design is literally to try to get the child and the children that are in foster care back with their biological families, which is how it should be. So it’s kind of funny because people think, oh, you know, there’s all these kids like, no, there’s really not. There’s not because we have a very high rate of abortion. I don’t mean to get political, but that’s the truth. There’s just not I mean, if you look at the data, there’s 30 couples for every available child on the private adoption side. Wow.

Brian Pruett: [00:10:03] Can you give any advice for anybody out there who’s thinking about wanting to go through a process like this? What’s the best thing you can tell them?

Brianna Johnson: [00:10:09] Don’t be afraid. Don’t be afraid of it. It’s it’s something that, you know, if you are talking to people and get advice from people who’ve done it, don’t you know, just Google and go with the first thing that pops up. Talk to people who have gone through this process, who can advise you, but also who can encourage you, because it does require quite a bit of encouragement because it is scary. You know, you don’t you don’t know what you’re stepping into because you’ve never done this before. It’s like riding a bike. It’s kind of nerve wracking the first time you do it. So yeah, that’s my advice. This is just find someone that that can mentor you through it. And, you know, for us, when we were matched with our kid, it was literally like, okay, he’s due in three months and it’s a boy. And it was literally, Oh, we’ve got three months to get ready for our for our son. And we had so much support from our church, from our community. And what’s interesting is that there were things I didn’t even think about, like a bottle warmer. You don’t think about needing that when you go to the hospital to to have a baby, right? You just don’t think about it. We would have been totally lost without a bottle warmer because they don’t have those at the hospital. They don’t have a microwave in the room where you’re staying. So and that’s not a complaint. It’s just things like that. It’s just things like that. We we talk to a lot of people who went through it, and I literally had a friend that was Marco Polo. We made. This is the list of things you’re going to need, you know, And it’s it’s definitely a wonderful thing and it makes you feel very warm and very accepted.

Brian Pruett: [00:11:43] So are there groups out there to look for those mentors?

Brianna Johnson: [00:11:46] Absolutely. There’s actually a lot of groups through depending on what agency you go through, they have groups. I started a Moms group specifically on Facebook, just for families interested in adopting, for families who are like, Hey, we want to adopt, but we don’t know if we can afford to adopt, you know, and sharing data. As far as just information, here’s some grants you can apply for. Here’s some fundraising we can actually help you with. And that’s something that is is so it’s so out there. Everybody thinks, oh, it’s so hard. You’re on your own and you do feel like an island at first, but then you start to look around. You go, Wow, there’s like all these families that have done this, gone through this process, and I want to learn from the master, you know, And it’s kind of like business. You want to learn from someone that knows and has been through it.

Brian Pruett: [00:12:37] If somebody wanted to get a hold of you, first of all, for their health insurance needs or if somebody wants to get ahold of you and talk about the adoption process because they want to start doing it, are there ways people can do that? And if so, how can they?

Brianna Johnson: [00:12:47] Absolutely. So for either of those people can just call my cell phone, which is 7702899231. My website is good faith health insurance dot com. If people want to look me up and just read about what we do. But I’m an open book when it comes to either of those things so anyone can reach out if they just hey, I’m thinking about this and I’m not sure what the steps are and I need a little guidance or a little help either one.

Brian Pruett: [00:13:13] Can you share your Facebook group too? Is there if somebody’s looking for that?

Brianna Johnson: [00:13:16] Yes. So I actually that’s a private group. So I’m going to actually I would share the link with someone who is interested. So.

Brian Pruett: [00:13:22] Well, Brianna, thank you for, again, being here and sharing your story. Do you mind sticking around and listen to these other two stories?

Brianna Johnson: [00:13:27] Because I love it. I’m actually really excited to hear your stories.

Brian Pruett: [00:13:31] Awesome. Well, we’re going to move over now to Sean Berney. So, Sean, thanks for being here this morning.

Sean Berney: [00:13:35] Yeah, thanks, Brian. Appreciate you having me, man.

Brian Pruett: [00:13:37] So you and I met a few months ago, and at the time you were working for Titan Pro Mechanical, which is an HVAC company. But I’ve learned that you you are a surfer, you like mountain biking, you’re a youth leader, and you do all kinds of stuff. And then just this month, you stepped out on your own and started a new videography company. So give us a little bit of your background.

Sean Berney: [00:13:57] Yeah. So as you said, I grew up in Cocoa, Florida, surfing, skateboarding, just really anything that I could get my hands on. Honestly, I have too many hobbies. My my wife complains all the time, like you have all these basics. It’s just ridiculous. Right? And so I’ve been trying to, you know, as I get older, I’ve been trying to narrow those things in. Also, I’ve definitely gained a lot more wisdom in my older age with my my sense of mortality, you know, knowing that, like, I probably shouldn’t hit that jump or I probably shouldn’t surf that size wave, things like that. But yeah, so as you said before I did, I was part owner in an HVAC business. I’ve spent about 16 years in the business management space, so I started working for action sports companies, skateboard companies, snowboard companies. And I traveled really all over the US, living in different places, doing that and just managing business, opening brick and mortar stores for those different brands. And then, you know, eventually I really just wanted to to start my own right. So I worked for a company that had that was really about the 50% mark of their their full growth. And then I wanted to see what it was like to go a little bit earlier on.

Sean Berney: [00:15:05] And so I went to a business that was about 25% into their infancy and their full of growth and and that was fantastic. And then I was like, I want to see what it’s like from day one, right? I want to know what it’s like. And so I went in and found a partner that was just an HVAC savant. He was amazing. I went and did a couple of jobs with him just to see what he was all about. And we had kind of met during the pandemic. We were working out in my garage together and I was like, You need to get your contractor’s license and let’s let’s do this right. So we did. And it was it was fantastic. But honestly, my my love for film and film production and storytelling. Was just something that I had done since, you know, really early on, since I was a teenager. And my friends and I were always filming each other’s skateboarding and doing different things. And I just absolutely loved it. And it was a passion. And I started doing some of that for one of the businesses that I was in. And we were using a lot of those videos internally and, you know, they loved it.

Sean Berney: [00:16:02] And so they were commissioning me to do more things. But long story short, you know, my business partner and I were having having a conversation one day and he was like, Man, he’s like, Your videos are really good. Like, they’re really good. He goes, And I kind of feel like this is something you should you should do. And I was like, okay, you know, you think so? And so, you know? So I went out on a limb this year and decided to start my my own film production business, stable creature film production. We do weddings, events and then also a lot of branding. And I think my, you know, 16 plus years of experience in the business world, corporate business world gives me a really unique perspective with with customers and clients with branding, because, you know, I, I know what’s going to turn those transactions, right? I know those things. What kind of clientele are you trying to target? So it gives me a unique edge, I think, to a lot of filmmakers where I have that creative side. But I also I understand the marketing and sell side of it as well. So so that’s really exciting as well. But yeah.

Brian Pruett: [00:17:05] So, so I have to ask, where did the name Fabled Creature come from?

Sean Berney: [00:17:08] Yeah, a good question. Good question. So, you know, I, I love like sci fi and fantasy and I’m a huge like Lord of the Rings nerd and all those types of things. I can’t I can’t help myself, Right? I can’t help myself. So that’s kind of part of it. But, you know, the idea of a fable is a story, right? And, you know, the idea of this fable creature when I was going into it, it’s like there’s this story that everybody has in their mind that that’s maybe unattainable, right? Like, they don’t know how to capture it. They don’t know how to to to put it into this mode that that tells everybody who they are and what they do. You know, especially with like with brides. Right. You know, there this kind of epic fable creature and, you know, and they want their big day captured. So for me, it just made sense. Right. And then, you know, kind of on the back side of that, being in the skateboarding industry, you know, creature skateboards, I don’t know if I can throw that brand out there, but Creature skateboards is always so cool to me. I love their artwork is very fantastical. And so yeah, so Fable Creature kind of stemmed from my love of action sports, but also this idea of capturing that story that maybe people think you can’t get.

Brian Pruett: [00:18:13] So Sean and I started working together. He’s been gracious to come out and do some videography of the events I’ve done so far this year, So I appreciate that. And I have to tell you, he’s a pretty good director. I felt like I was on the Ellen show yesterday because when he was at the Expo, he even brought something out and set it on and he’s standing right here at this spot. This is where you stand. I was like, No, I’m on a talk show. That’s pretty cool. Well, as I mentioned to you’re also a youth pastor. You do a youth group. So you have a passion for youth, but you also have a great adoption story. So I’d like for you to share that.

Sean Berney: [00:18:44] Yeah. Yeah. So I’ve always had a passion for kids, just, you know, young people. I think that, you know, we’re we’re in this world where we’re, you know, sometimes the it’s easy to neglect a generation, right? It’s easy to just kind of say, oh, like maybe they’re there are lost cause. And I think this, you know, during the pandemic and things like that, I heard all these people and political individuals talking about, you know, it’s like the worst generation ever. Right? You know, and and to me, it’s like, well, that’s because of us, right? Like, that’s not because of them. And so I’ve always had a passion for for for young people and just, you know, being a part of that mentorship in their lives. And so, yeah, I do I do a middle school in high school student, pastor or, you know, leader, whatever you want to call it. I’m not ordained or anything. I volunteer doing that. But yeah, so my wife and I, we’ve been we’ve been together for about eight years now and seven or eight years. And we, you know, once we got married, we had kind of had the discussion of we weren’t going to have kids, like we just had made the decision that we weren’t going to have our own biological kids. And, you know, and, you know, but I think God has different plans for us sometimes, Right. You know, when we talk about not having kids because we were very adventurous and kind of wild and we were talking I mean, we were in the conversation of like, we’re going to build out this conversion van and we’re going to basically travel around and live in different states and, you know, and work and whatnot.

Sean Berney: [00:20:06] And as we’re having this conversation, you know, we we started to see that there were some there were some opportunities and some signs of concern with with our nieces and their mom. And, you know, so we, you know, kind of like everybody else, we try to support that support, you know, my wife’s sister and, you know, and support the girls ever we could. So we were kind of going back and forth between here in Virginia a lot. And, you know, we really had no intention or anything like that on our radar, like as far as like adoption or taking them, that was never a conversation it was really trying to support. Their mom through that through some of those addictions that she was having. Right. That was always our number one. And, you know, we were coming up to our one year anniversary. Like I said, we don’t one year married. Right. Coming up to our one year anniversary anniversary. And we were planning this huge backpacking trip. We were going to be gone for like a week, you know, just totally off grid backpacking. And, you know, we we’d finally kind of it was about Easter, I think we were getting close to.

Sean Berney: [00:21:10] And we had we had seen the girls and seeing their mom and we realized that there was a real a real problem. So we had you know, when somebody is battling with addiction, right, they’re not always thinking clearly, you know, and they think that they can. They’ve got it right. I’ve got it. I can manage it, you know, But in reality is that’s that’s not the case. Right. They really need to tackle that addiction problem. And, you know, and she’ll be okay with me talking about she’s been sober for two years. She’s it’s fantastic. But we’ll get to that. But anyways, so long story short, my wife and I had kind of made this decision like, we need to step in, right? We need to do something. And so we had we had talked to her sister and said, hey, why don’t you bring the girls down to us? We’ll take them on a vacation with us for a couple of weeks. And and you essentially can can go to rehab and get help. And so she came down and, you know, as you know, kind of that the I think the key the key word here is doing it out of love. Right. You know, that that love, you know, she she had made the decision to leave him with us so she could go back and and go to rehab. Well, unfortunately, that that wasn’t necessarily what had happened. And she went back and and she was kind of free of of her girls for for the first time in her life.

Sean Berney: [00:22:24] And, you know, and that just really kind of led her down an even deeper, darker path of of addiction. And so we went through the process of of really just like we don’t know what to do. You know, she didn’t she didn’t come back to pick them up on the date that we had talked about. And then when she did show up, she was like, I can’t do it right. And so that’s where that that that love comes into play. And she knew that, you know, leaving them with us, they’d be safe, right, while she she went through this process. So you know one year into marriage. Right. You know, going on. And we were like, we’re going on her one year anniversary. We ended up changing all of our plans. You know, we basically packed our backpacks away and we went out and and bought a camper, a small camper, and just changed everything because I was like, wow, you know, these girls are you know, they’ve never been camping before, right? They don’t know anything about that. And it’s like, well, we’ll kill them if they go on this, you know, 30 mile excursion. And so which we were right because we went on like a one mile hike and halfway through they were dying, you know, So. So yeah. So we just kind of changed our lives completely around for that.

Sean Berney: [00:23:26] And, you know, the the interesting thing about we’re where we’re kind of at is like, you know, we spent years really just not knowing what to do. And so, you know, after the first couple of months of her, you know, not coming back and not getting into rehab, we we had to kind of go to this process of like, okay, we need to seek some legal counsel and figure out what we want to do. Because, you know, the scariest thing for us is, you know, her. You know, she’s a she has addiction problems and she’s all over the place. And we don’t know where she’s at. Right. There was zero communication. It’s like a she going to show up one day. And the the girl’s father was was in prison at the time. And so he had he’d been in and out of jail pretty much their whole lives. And and he was you know, he had basically three strikes. He was a felon. And so they ended up deporting him back to El Salvador. And that was another thing that we were like, okay, well, you know, we don’t have to worry about him showing up. We don’t know what’s going on, because at the time we had absolutely zero legal protection. The girls were just staying with us and we had somehow figured out how to enroll them in school. You know, we had gotten all their documents, but they well, anyways, we found out that their dad had actually illegally came back into the country somehow.

Sean Berney: [00:24:37] And so we were just really terrified. Like, you know, we don’t know what’s going on. And so we were on high alert for for really a process of two years, you know, And during that time, we were going to regular visits at the courthouse and we had a I think it’s called a guardian ad litem, which is another really crazy thing. You know, you’re talking about the the foster care system and how wild that is. You know, when we’re talking about private adoption versus the foster care, there are so many kids in the foster care system that, you know, one guardian ad litem or representative is essentially monitoring 100 plus kids at a time, which is mind boggling. Right? Totally mind boggling. Like they have. They’re so short staff, They’re so short resourced. And, you know, so we but we had a great relationship with her and she would come and visit us and things like that. But but like I said, it was a really wild couple of years. And, you know, I think that the thing that got us through it with them because it’s a little bit different situation, right? The the girls, we were the cool aunt and uncle, right? They like to come and visit us and then we. Went from being the cool aunt and uncle to being parents. So we were no longer cool and I thought I was going to be the coolest dad ever, right? I’m like, Man, I skateboard.

Sean Berney: [00:25:51] I was in a band. They do all this cool stuff. No, that is not the case. When you when you become the parent, you were pretty much no longer cool. Your cool is out the window, but in all the things you tell them is not cool, but all the things. Somebody could tell them the same thing and it’s the coolest thing ever. And I’m just like, whatever. But, you know, I think, you know, the girls have been with us for for just over five years now. And, you know, as a as a great praise report and how God works in just amazing ways is, you know, my wife’s sister, she’s been sober for a couple of years and she actually stays with us on the weekends, which is fantastic. So she’s just been doing a fantastic job. And, you know, but that that brings up a whole different set of emotions, you know, because I immediately took this, my wife and I both took the stance like, we’re mom and dad, right? We’re we’re these we’re these girls parents. And, you know, that’s that’s hard on them, right? Because in their hearts, you know, mom is still out there, Right? You know, and dad wasn’t really in the picture, you know, but but mom was still out there. And so they’re really holding on to that. And we had early conversations about adoption and things like that.

Sean Berney: [00:26:53] And at the end of the day, you know, that wasn’t really what they what they were interested in, you know, and. What my wife and I had to come to. The realization was that it wasn’t about us, Right. You know? It was not like making that decision for them. It’s not about us. It was about taking care of them, and it was about putting ourselves in this position of like, we are always going to make sure that they want for nothing. Right. But reunification with their mom was one of the most important things for us, you know? And so it’s a hard barrier because you put yourself in this parental position like like, you know, those girls will never not be my daughters, never right to the day I die. That’s that’s where it’s at, you know? But, you know, I didn’t I guess we got into this position where we didn’t need that piece of paper to do it, but we wanted it right. You know, we selfishly wanted that paper. And not that it’s selfish by any means, but I mean, I think just in this particular situation, you know, you have to and I think that’s the the struggle with fostering, right. You know, you foster and you it’s hard because at any given time those child’s can this child can children can go away. Right go back to their paternal families. And that’s that’s really hard emotionally for people.

Sean Berney: [00:28:05] Like really hard. I mean, I know we’ve gone through it and we’re still going through it. Right. But but anyways, at the end of the day, I think that, you know, anybody that that wants to go that route. Right, versus the private route, which which is amazing, by the way, versus the private route. And they do want to go to that foster route or they want to go to maybe taking on a family member is you have to make sure you’re constantly reminding yourself that it’s not about you. Right. It’s not about you. It’s not about your needs. It’s about their needs, because children can absolutely fill needs in your life. Like, you know what I mean? Like they those girls fill fill a place in my heart that I never knew that I needed or wanted. And selfishly and you know, and it’s like I said, they’ll always be my daughters. But I’m so, so stoked that their mom is back in their life and she’s doing well and she’s been know since she’s been staying with us. And we’re we’re this really awesome, cohesive unit at this point, which I think is really rare in the world we live in. So it’s again, it’s a it’s a it’s a, a story of struggle, but a story of like great success. And and it’s also just this, you know, this constant proof that, like, God is real. And as many plans as you make, his plans are always going to supersede yours. Yeah.

Brian Pruett: [00:29:24] Yeah. You never know how he’s working. And, you know, that’s that’s incredible. So how old were they when when you guys officially adopted them?

Sean Berney: [00:29:31] So. So when they came to stay with this, they were nine and 11, and now they are 13 and 15. My 15 year old’s about 16. She’s about to get her driver’s license boyfriend. You know, I really like her boyfriend, but I also kind of hate him, you know.

Brian Pruett: [00:29:45] Get the shotgun ready.

Sean Berney: [00:29:46] Yeah. Oh, yeah, for sure. And but no, he’s a he’s a he’s a good guy. And and then my my youngest girl, 13, you know, all her, all she thinks about is volleyball. Like, that’s it, man. Volleyball is life. And so, so she’s, she’s on her way to be becoming a professional volleyball player. We’ll see. But yeah, so like I said, it’s been about five years. Just over five years.

Brian Pruett: [00:30:06] Awesome. So obviously you’ve got one an infant story, one that’s a little older. Can you share some advice for somebody who’s thinking about any kind of adoption? You know, what Would you give advice would you give them?

Sean Berney: [00:30:18] Yeah, I think I think number one is is is listen, listen to God like you need to you need to listen to him and you need to you need to make you need to pray. Right. You know, you need to make sure that what the the journey that you’re about to undertake is is long. And there are a lot of highs, but there are a lot of lows. Right. And I think that it’s really important to just go into it with that mindset of like, it’s not always going to be happy days, there’s going to be rain. And, you know, and I think that if you going into the fostering to adopt kind of direction specifically is honesty is honesty, right. Being honest with them because there’s a really good chance that there wasn’t a lot of honesty leading up to that particular time in their life. Right. So just always being honest with them that that was our always our number one rule. Like we’re always going to be honest with you. We’re always going to tell you the truth. We’re always going to tell you what’s going on, because we don’t want you to get to a certain age and be like, Oh, you you help withheld that stuff from us, right? So we were always honest with them, which is not always easy, you know? And then the other one is. Pick your battles, right? Like you don’t need to sweat the small stuff. You know, we all have in our mind the way we want to raise our children or the way our children should be raised. But when you are taking taking children into your home, that might be at a certain age.

Sean Berney: [00:31:37] Maybe they’re a little bit older. You know, they come with with already kind of a fixed thought process. Right. And, you know, I think when you think about like, oh, like I don’t want my my child to dye their hair or something like that. I mean, that is small potatoes, right? Like that is way small potatoes and, you know, or just anything like social media, things like that. You know, I’m a really big fan of limiting those things. But when kids move to your home, there’s a good chance that they’ve had like untethered access to social media this entire time. And just cutting the cord on them is is a really terrible decision because they’re going to it’s like adequate draws, right? They’re going to hate you. It’s a terrible decision. So you’ve got to take those things in stride, right? And you have to implement different things in a way that’s going to that’s going to encourage their growth. Right. And encourage them to start thinking for themselves because you don’t want to be that person that’s just telling them how to think like you want to teach them how to think because that’s going to serve them so much better in the long run of their life versus you saying, No, this is what we believe, this is how we think, this is what you should do. It’s just never a good idea. So again, it’s about giving them the tools to think for themselves and giving them the tools to be successful in life.

Brian Pruett: [00:32:48] If somebody wants to get a hold of you for your for videography and they want to work with you, how can they do that?

Sean Berney: [00:32:53] Yeah, so you can go to my website WW feeble creature dot com or you can email me at Sean B that’s ASEAN be at fable creature dot com as well.

Brian Pruett: [00:33:04] Sean thanks for coming and sharing your story. Do you mind sticking around listen to this next story. Absolutely. So my next guest Tim Abbott, probably the best thing to do is ask him what he doesn’t do. But Tim is Tim’s got a I mean, I don’t know anybody who’s got a bigger heart. I mean, if it could, it probably busting out of his his chest. But as you can see a sweatshirt love right. That’s what we’re talking about today And he I don’t know if you did on a purpose, but that’s great. Just some few of the highlights. I know that you’ve you were a journalist for the US Navy, correct? You’ve or you were a city councilman for your city of you, Harley. You work for Kaiser. But your your passion is just people.

Tim Abbott: [00:33:46] Yeah.

Brian Pruett: [00:33:47] And you love that one thing that you and I have in common other than that is that we’re both graduates of KSU.

Tim Abbott: [00:33:51] Yeah.

Brian Pruett: [00:33:52] Out and go basketball there. They could make the big dance this year. It’s exciting. So you have the same kind of degree that I do in communications. So a Bachelor of Science in that a lot of BS.

Tim Abbott: [00:34:03] Yes. Yes.

Brian Pruett: [00:34:06] I have.

Tim Abbott: [00:34:06] Today.

Brian Pruett: [00:34:07] Right. No, we’ll save that for the afternoon.

Brian Pruett: [00:34:09] I have two BS and I’m a little mistress of BS, so I’ve got a lot of it. So but your big passion that you do is you’re the board chair for the good neighbor homeless shelter. That’s true there in Cartersville. Yeah. And you did you started a thing called Night in the Box.

Tim Abbott: [00:34:24] Right, right.

Brian Pruett: [00:34:25] Right. First of all, share that and the good name for homeless shelter and just your story.

Tim Abbott: [00:34:32] Yeah, the story around the the homeless shelter and my involvement. Yeah. So I’m a late bloomer in life. Didn’t even think I should think about God. And then when I was 30 years old, I literally found myself in emotional, physical, spiritual and financial bankruptcy. All through all four areas. I was just bankrupt and the good times I were having we’re no longer good and divorced twice and had a son that I wasn’t getting to see. And I used to run around this church in Marietta, East Side Baptist Church and weird things. Like every time I ran around there, like I heard a whisper come inside and I thought Christians were the weirdest people in the world. Like, goes to church and you’re singing all these songs and talking about this guy you’ve never seen named Jesus and clapping your hands. And in a moment of desperation in 1996, with my son being a year old, it was a Sunday night and I had nothing left in the tank. Buckhead running life wasn’t working for me anymore, and all the things I was doing to try to comfort myself with things that you shouldn’t be putting in your body wasn’t working anymore. So I went to that church. And this story is important because it leads into the adoption story. I walked in that church on a Sunday night thinking not that many people would be there, and I could sit in the back and I don’t even know what like quit whispering to me, I’ll go and then we’re done, right? I saw the back head of a blond and still being so carnal of mine, I’m like.

Tim Abbott: [00:36:23] Kind like she’s mine. Tonight. I’m taking her out. I went and sat down right next to her, and after church, just begged her to go out with me and walked her to her car. She didn’t ask me to. I just did it. And she literally said, I’m going home to do my laundry. If you want to see me again, you’ll come to Sunday school. Now, I thought that was stupid. Sunday schools for five year olds. But I did. And it took three years and hundreds of hours of counseling. But Lisa Abbott is now my wife and God was giving her to me for a purpose that I couldn’t see. So I told you that story because before I got it into the Good Neighbor shelter and adoption, if it wasn’t for that desperation and me listening to that little voice in my head and heart, which I just again thought was weird, none of the rest of what I tell you would make sense. It would all sound unplanned, but it was very much planned. So yeah, So she became my wife, but she broke up with me at least six times. Real quick story. She made me go to counseling with her before she would even date me. And the counselor came out and talked to me. Then he talked to her, and he came out and he looked at her and he goes, I wouldn’t date him. He goes, He’s got a lot of work to do.

Brian Pruett: [00:37:51] Wow.

Tim Abbott: [00:37:52] Talk about a moment in your life that broke your heart. You know, I was beginning to get a sense I was worthless and I would never have a good relationship. And and but that counselor said one thing to me. He said, Do you want to live the legacy that your family gave you? Or do you want to live the legacy that God’s created for you? And you can lean and and a champion rose up in my heart just through that one question. And I dug in and it hurt so many, many years later. There was a long story. And so so this is what I tell people when I travel and have to go to California. If you’re sitting in the seat next to me, I got your 4 hours. So we don’t have 4 hours here. So you’ll get you’ll get the little version. But yeah, just fast forward, moved to Bartow County and God had a plan for us there. And then I in 2016, I was literally walking down the street at a prayer breakfast and I said to my friend John Parton, I said, God is opening up discretionary time for me to do things with my life, but I don’t know what to do with it here and I want to get involved. And he picked up the phone. He called the CEO of the chamber and he said, If you’ll let this guy in leadership, Bartow, he’ll pay you back. So I got in that leadership class and and did a lot of neat things. But one of the things was I was on a committee with the executive director of the Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter, and she called me one day.

Tim Abbott: [00:39:26] Usually when people call me and I don’t know them, I figure that I talk a lot. And I figured I said something that I shouldn’t have said, right? I’ve offended you because remember, I didn’t become a Christian until 30. I had a lot of filters to like, get out, you know? And so I picked up the phone. I said, What did I say to you? She goes, What? I said, Did I offend you yet? And she goes, No. And I said, I’m working on it. So she said, Hey, I want you to do this thing called Dancing with the Stars. It’s a benefit for the good neighbor homeless shelter. She goes, You’re going to tell me you can’t dance, and you probably can’t. But I think that you can help us raise money. Never raised a dollar for anybody before besides myself. And so I just said yes and then get to the night in the box. I had to do a fundraiser and I asked God, like, how can I do something outside of like cocktail parties or silent auctions, like something really unique nobody’s doing? And I couldn’t find the answer. So I asked community leaders to sit down with me and just listen to my heart about going to live in the woods for a week so that I can actually know the people that I’m trying to help. And they said, That’s a horrible idea. They said, Those are tight knit communities and you won’t be welcomed and it’s dangerous.

Tim Abbott: [00:40:40] And then a guy named Doug Belisle looked at me and he said, You want to do Night in a Box? And I said, Yes, what is it? And he had a friend in Colorado doing that. So I’ll just end that story here. Brian was saying what was born out of that in January 2019, on the coldest night in January, there it was 21 degrees. I spent 36 hours on the street corner in Cartersville, Georgia, telling people that God loves all people, regardless of socioeconomic status, that if we’re going to be a community that matters, then we have to be a community of generosity and service. And that if you’re listening to my story about homeless people, we have a homeless shelter that needs your help and would you donate and help? And that 36 hours, I raised almost $6,000 just by telling the stories I’m telling here today. And so since then, we’ve had eight night in the box events and we now involve families and corporations, and we go out to a corner once a year and then I do it by myself just because I love it. And so I’ll end up doing it this month or next month. So that’s the good neighbor shelter. They asked me to be on the board. It doesn’t matter if I was on the board, I’m still helping them. And so but it does give me a position to help promote their mission and help people. So anyways, Brian, That’s it.

Brian Pruett: [00:42:10] Oh, so I mean, wow, Right, right. But you’re not done. So you also have an incredible adoption story, so please share that.

Tim Abbott: [00:42:17] Yeah. Yeah. So, Bree, people call you Bree.

Brianna Johnson: [00:42:21] Yes, they.

Tim Abbott: [00:42:21] Do. Do you let them?

Brianna Johnson: [00:42:22] Yes.

Tim Abbott: [00:42:23] Okay. So that’s the second part of that. Easier to.

Brian Pruett: [00:42:25] Remember.

Tim Abbott: [00:42:26] And Shawn, I love your stories of courage and love and and openness. And I’m going to I’m going to just lean into that story to my wife’s biggest dream, Lisa, was to have children. And and so when we got married, was becoming clear that wasn’t going to happen. And it was breaking her heart. And I, I was not equipped, like, I don’t know what to do with female emotions. Like, you know, she’ll tell you after 23 years of marriage, I’m like a sophomore in college. I’m still trying to, you know, be an understanding husband. So, you know, we spent money that we didn’t have a ton of money we didn’t have on all the medical opportunities that are. And she got pregnant but then lost it, you know, and that that was, as you might imagine, was really hard. And and so just a time of despair for her. And I mean, three years of despair of like, what are you going to do, God? And like I said, we already spent a ton of money that we didn’t have at the time. And so we just kept praying and we ended up moving to Bartow County. And Lisa got up one morning and she said, We’re going to go to a foster care orientation class. And I said, That is the worst idea I’ve ever heard. I was such a sensitive husband.

Tim Abbott: [00:44:01] And she goes, No. And she goes, I really want to do this. And I said, okay. So we went to that class and much like you talked about Bri and the things that you talked about, Sean, that class was like scared straight from some jail, right? They really tried to convince you this is not your dream. If you want to adopt children, the kids are going to get are the most messed up kids in the world, and they really are. So Lisa left the class just crying and she goes like, We can’t do this. I’m not doing this. So in a flip, I said, Oh, yes, we are. I said, You said that the Lord told you that we should do this. And I said, So we are not. Now, you know, she’s been a Christian all of her life. I’m kind of a brand new Christian, but I’m like, if God says who he is, we are diving in. And so we went and that began our adoption story. The they tell you you’ll never get an infant to adopt. Two weeks after we went through all of our orientations, six weeks, we got a phone call and they had an infant baby girl and she was six weeks old and we got her. Another week after that, they had another infant, little girl. She was three weeks old and we got her.

Tim Abbott: [00:45:22] And so this is all in 2003. And it was a few weeks after that that Lisa got a phone call from her mom. Crazy stuff, just crazy that her mom’s hairdresser knew a lady and her husband was a Navy chief and one of his direct reports wanted to abort. And he said, if you’ll just keep the child, I’ll help you find adoption. So through Lisa’s mom’s hairdresser, we get this phone call of like, Hey, I hear you want to adopt. We have a child you can adopt. And so here we have a three week old and a six week old and and we’re like, Oh, gosh, I don’t know, you know, But this is an adoption and foster care is not an adoption right now. And the things that you guys talked about were true, that we Lisa, was just so afraid there’s we’re going to fall in love with these kids and they’re going back to their biological home. So we said, okay, well, we got to we have to do the adoption thing. Then, like God is opening up this door that mom changed her mind so many times. But then she delivered him and told the doctors that she didn’t want to see him. So we got a phone call and since she was in the services, JAG took care of her legal matters.

Tim Abbott: [00:46:42] We got a lawyer real quick, took care of our legal matters. And so we went and got Sam. So here we are now, 2003. We have Samuel, who is three weeks old. We have Emily, who is six weeks old, and we have Hannah. And I’m going to show you guys in the room. You can’t see it on the radio. And we have Hannah, who is ten weeks old. So in two, in 2003. Never have raised a kid. We have a three week old, a six week old and a ten week old. And people are like, Oh, that was been so fun. It was so and like, seriously the most stressful time of our marriage. It was a really tough year. You talked about, though, a warming bottle. I am in Walmart. When we got the first delivery from Bartow County sheriff, who was also our neighbor, you know, of Emily. And I’m in there and I’m like, I what do I buy? I mean, they got food, they got all these things. And like, we had no idea. And we were making 22 bottles a night just to get through the next day. And then Lisa’s working as a teacher in Cobb County still. So we’re taking the kids to daycare. I’ve never seen a river of snotty noses like that. You just can’t stay healthy. And and I just started my career with Kaiser Permanente, a health care organization, three years into it.

Tim Abbott: [00:48:11] And the kids are sick. Somebody’s got to stay home and we’re calling off work. And then one of my best husband moments ever when we had to call off work. And I said, Well, you call off work. You’re just a teacher. Oh, holy cow. So the stress of those moments and the stupid like we were in fear and we were in stress. We knew that God had done something like I work in big time strategy at Kaiser Permanente, like 700 people in a department. The story I’m telling can only be a God story, right? Because those foster kids, Emily and Hannah, they came up for adoption. And Sam we adopted. And so we’re in the stressful moment of these history. We know God’s doing something. And I make a statement like that. And it was so hurtful, right? I mean, it’s so hurtful, but it didn’t make us pause and say, wait a minute. Like, we’re so ingrained in the fire. So we had to have a better, better plan. But it was a very stressful year. But it’s a very beautiful story of how you can’t plan that. And like in our stories, I hear you guys talk and like you say, What will you tell people about their adoption stories that are desires or the pain they’re going through of not being able to have a child or however it might come? Like just be open.

Tim Abbott: [00:49:39] Like, just like, just be open. We wanted to adopt one child that we were praying for, and I would say just like just be open, talk to people like Bree talked, people like Shawn, like don’t be afraid of the foster care environment. Like, I’m not saying that will be your story, but just be open. And even if you don’t like somebody, listen, this doesn’t believe in God. I totally get that. It was a crazy story to me, and Jesus just showed himself to us. And I believe I’m nobody special. Honestly, I’m a dressed up trainwreck held together by the grace of God every single day. Just lean into it and don’t over overthink it. And the other thing I like to give people kind of a visual of, So Lisa was adopted when she was three months old, right? My grandparents raised me since I was two, and God began to reveal and I tell my kids this all the time, they’re they’re all 319 right now. And I tell them this all the time. There are 7 billion people approximately, in the world, and the God of this universe somehow said that US five are going to do life together. Lisa Being adopted. Tim Not being raised by his parents, you three not knowing your biological parents.

Tim Abbott: [00:51:00] And God said, Hey, why don’t you guys go do life together? 7 billion people and you put us five together. We didn’t have a strategy. We didn’t. We were out of money. We were out of hope. And so we just prayed and ask. And then we got brave. And it actually made our marriage stronger, even though that was a very difficult year. So, yeah, I don’t know what questions you have. And there’s all kinds of things that didn’t go well and stuff, but I just tell people to be of hope. We ended up adopting like three kids for $1,500 because the foster care system would have been nice then. Yeah, right, right. Well, and I don’t say that in a in a in a bragging way, like, I don’t even understand it like clearly myself, except that just lean in and if, you know, God lean in and if you don’t know God lean in like it doesn’t matter. Like just just start asking and talking and yeah, it’s I could talk about it all day long because, you know, for a guy that wasn’t a Christian, God just started showing me like, I can do things. And with your life that you never thought were possible, and I still marvel at it. I don’t even know what to say.

Brian Pruett: [00:52:20] I just all you have to do is if you read your Bible, you can see everybody he used, right? None of them. I mean, you have a murderer, you have a rapist, and he used them. So it doesn’t matter. Yeah. What your situation is, is God can use you for great. You know, I do have one question. How is it with the three? And, you know, I guess triplets that aren’t really biological triplets, but there’s one thing, they’re older than the other and that kind of stuff.

Tim Abbott: [00:52:43] Yeah. You know, well, they know who’s the oldest out of them all. And it’s but there’s not really a pecking order there. They’re three very, very different kids. Very, very different kids. And one of the hard parent moments for everybody, for everybody is, I didn’t teach you that. You didn’t see that from me. So they are very different. They get along when they’re together, but it gets very loud and they like to pick on each other, which I was like that too. But as a parent, I don’t like it, you know what I mean? So but yeah, they’re they’re they’re very different and they do their own thing. One of the really neat things about Lisa being adopted is and I told Brian, I wish Lisa could be here because she’s just great at this, but she knows all their back stories like and you know, and I told the kids, you know, you’re in. They all know me. I mean, there’s no there’s no hidden thing. Like they what Lisa knows about their biological parents. They know if they ever want to meet them. We said, come to us. Let us help you, because you’ll make up things in your mind that are grand. And it may be grand and it may not be grand. So Lisa’s very open about that with them. And if they have any questions or anything, she has all their files. And so, you know, whatever they want. And we ask like, do you have questions even at 19, like, you know, you got questions getting curiosities, things like that. So very open. Talk to them about it. She’s a great nurturer for them. I’m just a doer. Like, what do you need? You know, let’s go make it happen. We’ll find somebody. So.

Brian Pruett: [00:54:30] Yeah. So you you talked about the good neighbor homeless shelter. And, you know, I started a monthly trivia show at Saint Angelo’s there in Emerson, and we’re rotating charities and Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter is my charity for February. Yeah, I think I said the wrong date last week because we had Kelly Nagle on and she was talking about her Dances with the Stars this year. She’s doing for that. But February 15th, Wednesday night, 6:00, we will be at San Angelo’s helping with a good neighbor homeless shelter on that. So if somebody wants to get a hold of you just to say how they can help with the good neighbor homeless shelter, how can they do that?

Tim Abbott: [00:55:02] Yeah, let’s do that. First of all, let’s say this. If anybody’s listening to me and I’ll certainly share this on my Facebook and share it on the Good Neighbor Shelter Facebook, like if you guys are trying to figure out how to get something done for your organization, profit or nonprofit and you want it to be fun, you’ve got to find Brian Pruett and you got to find B’s charitable organization. I’ve met Brian just a month, two months, three months ago, and Cartersville Business Club. And you’re phenomenal because you have the right heart. And then coupled with that, you’ve got the head to get it done and you’re really helping a ton of people. So I just want to make sure I say that. Thank you. If somebody hears it, you’re the guy. Yeah. So the good neighbor shelter is just it’s it’s marvelous. One of the reasons I love it, I tell people, when you spend your money there, I’ll come show you how you’re spending it. Like families, lives are being restored. Women who are escaping domestic abuse and their kids like it’s a home. Like kids don’t want to leave after they, you know, they have to leave. And so it’s a great organization to support. Like you can really see we have a men’s shelter with 14 beds and we have a family female shelter with 35 beds. And so the best way to get a hold of me and find I’m so easy to find if you just go to Tim Abbott and my Facebook page and Bartow County or go to Good neighbor Homeless Shelter Cartersville, or you can even go to night in the box on Facebook and just easy to find our Facebook on Good Neighbor shelter.

Tim Abbott: [00:56:43] We get so much support if we put out there that we got three kids that need backpacks. I mean, we have it within an hour. Just beautiful people, just beautiful people that want to step up and support or decorate a little girl’s room who’s never had a room decorated before. But I would say that’s the easiest. I’ll give you my phone number. There’s there’s really no secrets about me because when I tell you the bad side of me, I’m just glorifying God that he brought me out of that. So it’s six, seven, 85969415. And yeah you can. We’re easy to find at the shelter I’m easy to find. I usually post when I go to church if you want to talk like God was weird to me at one time too. I think the Bible is an exploration of a bunch of strange stories that have a really godly point, you know? So I tell people, Don’t be embarrassed that it all seems weird. I get that. So I usually post on there, like, if you want to talk, just come find me so I can talk forever.

Brian Pruett: [00:57:43] Tim, I appreciate you coming and sharing your story while we’re wrapping up. What I’ve started doing is I like to get the folks that are here. I mean, you’ve all shared incredible stories. You share some advice for those that might be looking, doing some adoption. But I want you two guys to share either a quote or a word or something that people can go the rest of 2023 and beyond of what they what just some some encouraging words or some inspiration. So, Brianna, what do you got?

Brianna Johnson: [00:58:11] I keep coming back to Peter where he says, cast your care upon him for he cares for you.

Sean Berney: [00:58:19] Sean Yeah, I mean, I kind of have two things and I do have a quote. I know we’re on on time here, but I think one of the, the coolest things that I’ve heard from from all of the stories and the one thing that makes me feel really encouraged is, is the honesty piece, Right. You know, being really honest with you, with those loved ones and with your kids, you know, And if you’re going through this process, it just gives me a little bit of, you know, confirmation that we went the right route, you know, and in making sure that those honest conversations were happening. And, you know, and I think the other thing is, is unconditional love. You know, we we think about unconditional love as a feeling, right, when in reality, it’s a choice. You know, we you have to wake up and you have to choose every day that you’re going to give those children unconditional love, you know? And then if you’re if you’re thinking about doing the the foster the foster piece, right. You know, it’s like don’t don’t shy away from it. You know, it’s it’s scary. But but and you yeah that child may be reunified with their parents and that’s that’s the goal right But but that doesn’t mean that means you need to wake up every day with that choice of unconditionally love that child no matter what is happening, what they’ve been through. And if that leads to adoption, that is that’s amazing, right? That is fantastic. But yeah, so that’s just a little thing. But my quote would be from from Shar, which is you see things and you say, Why? But I dream things that never were. And I say, why not? And the idea behind that is that anything is possible, right? There’s there’s nothing impossible. And a lot of people are going to be naysayers to the things that you want to do in life, you know, And but but reality. God always has his plan.

Tim Abbott: [00:59:56] Jim Yeah, so many things run through my head. Brian So I’ll try to get it down to a soundbite. I wish people could experience this almost live with the five of us in this room. And I really like what you said about unconditional love. It’s, it’s hard to understand things in life. Like I really didn’t understand Grace and God showed me that through my wife, Lisa. I was a mess and she’s loved me in my worst parts. And people will say, Well, what do you love about Lisa most? And I’ll say, I’d rather have a bad day with her than a good day without her. So so to quote, to wrap it up and I guess is I really struggled, believe it or not, with communication and being around people before I became a Christian. And then God showed me and then I really struggled because I talk so much about like, does anybody really care what you’re saying? And it sounds like you’re bragging. And I wasn’t. I was just trying to draw people in to something that they don’t even see and I don’t see. So I heard this quote, and it’s really helped me. Being humble wasn’t thinking less of yourself, but it’s thinking of yourself less. So I just had to embrace what God was doing with me by way of communication, community involvement, marriage and all that and that. I could talk about it. And I wasn’t trying to draw attention to myself, but hopefully to be an encourager for others because I think we’re all broken and we all need words of encouragement, unconditional love and people to lean in to our lives like mine was leaned into. So I tried to lean in to others. So don’t let being humble stop you from saying what you need to say and let God worry about the outcome if your heart’s in the right place.

Brian Pruett: [01:01:56] That’s right. I told you last week that I was told by my mother that I needed to think of a new word, but all I can say is just awesome.

Stone Payton: [01:02:03] I think that sums it up. Yeah, it’s a perfect word.

Brian Pruett: [01:02:06] All right, guys, Everybody there listening. Let’s remember, let’s be positive and let’s be charitable.

 

Tagged With: Fable Creature, Good Faith Consulting, Good Neighbor Homeless Shelter

Mitchel Black with STRONGSIDE

January 23, 2023 by angishields

Mitchel-Black-Strongside
Cherokee Business Radio
Mitchel Black with STRONGSIDE
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Mitchel-Black-Fearless-Formula-bw

Mitchel-Black-Fearless-Formula-Feature-bwMitchel Black attended the National Personal Training Institute and studied exercise physiology and nutrition. While in school, Mitchel hosted a talk radio show on health and fitness called “Talking Smack with Mitchel Black” where he talked about the correct foods to eat and how to implement them into your diet.

After graduation Mitchel went on a fitness rampage to learn everything he could about fitness, nutrition, and everything related. Mitchel acquired five personal training certifications along with three advanced certifications from the highest ranked certifications to date. Along with education Mitchel has an undying and burning passion to help people, and he truly cares about each and every member.

He prides himself in greeting everyone by name at the door; STRONGSIDE members aren’t just a number. His love for coaching members shows in his personality during every class as he makes sure each member has the best hours of their day at Strongside. Mitchel spent seven years working for the big “globo gyms” as a trainer and program manager. Mitchel worked at many clubs throughout the country as well as corporate offices training clients, training and educating trainers, and managing the business side of the fitness industry as well.

After five years of managing clubs Mitchel became very successful at doing it and received many awards from his company for doing so, but something was missing. Mitchel wanted to deal with people and truly help them, not just train other trainers and help the company have a healthy bottom line. Mitchel then stepped down from all managerial rolls to focus purely on helping individual clients reach their goals and truly make a lifelong impact on people. “It’s the best decision I have ever made and I am the happiest I have ever been in my life. Coaching people to reach their health and fitness goals is what I live for,” said Coach Mitchel Black.

In 2013 the opportunity to open Strongside came about and Mitchel could not neglect this opportunity. It was everything he had ever dreamed of and he knew he could help so many people by doing this. Along with all of his success in the fitness industry, Mitchel is also a nationally recognized personal trainer through NASM, NSCA, and NPTI. Mitchel is also a USA Olympic Weightlifting Coach and a CrossFit L2 trainer.

Mitchel has an athletic career of competing in the Ironman triathlon; he regularly competes in CrossFit competitions both individually and on a team. Above all, Mitchel wakes up every single day loving what he does and his life is completely devoted to Strongside and its members. He works nonstop to make sure every member receives excellent service, they are happy with their training, and that they are getting results. “STRONGSIDE is a results based business and not getting results is not an option,” says Coach Mitchel when asked about the philosophy of STRONGSIDE.

Follow STRONGSIDE on Facebook.

This transcript is machine transcribed by Sonix

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:08] Coming to you live from the Business RadioX studio in Woodstock, Georgia. This is fearless formula with Sharon Cline.

Sharon Cline: [00:00:18] And welcome to a fearless formula on Business RadioX Fearless Formula. Friday is what I like to call it. This is where we talk about the ups and downs in the business world and offer words of wisdom for business success. I’m your host, Sharon Klein, and we are lucky to have the founder of a functional fitness based gym, several of them for four of them. Is that right? Four of them here in the area called Strongside, as well as a health and wellness coach, a mentor. Welcome to the show, Mitchel Black. Hi.

Mitchel Black: [00:00:48] Hey, thanks for having me, Sharon. I’m so excited to be here.

Sharon Cline: [00:00:51] Yeah, me too. I’m excited to talk to you about how you were able to open up four gyms in five months. How did you do this? So daunting when you think about it.

Mitchel Black: [00:01:00] Yeah, it was I mean, well, it was four gyms in five months, but that was after being one gym for eight years.

Sharon Cline: [00:01:08] Wow. Okay. What was your first gym? Where was.

Mitchel Black: [00:01:11] It? So it was strong side, but it was we were on 92 and Woodstock, and we were right by exit seven on 575. And we started as six, 900 square feet and 24 members. And then we got kicked out of that place because we outgrew it. And then we moved to our second place and then we moved to our third place where we’re at now. And then COVID happened and now we have four. But it’s been, you know, I started folding towels and cleaning toilets. So it’s it’s been a work to get here.

Sharon Cline: [00:01:40] So you started it’s your gym? Yes, your official. So you’re the you’re the owner.

Mitchel Black: [00:01:45] Owner, founder, whole deal.

Sharon Cline: [00:01:47] Coach. So you although you have a history of being a personal trainer and running different gyms. Right. I read on your website that you had you called it like the global Gym, Global Globo Gyms. Yeah. And I was trying to remember. But are you talking about a place like Gold’s Gym or like One Life, which is what I belong to?

Mitchel Black: [00:02:06] Yeah, really similar. I started at Lifetime Fitness and I started an operations and I started folding towels and cleaning toilets from 11:00 pm to 7 a.m..

Sharon Cline: [00:02:16] The night.

Mitchel Black: [00:02:16] Shift? Yeah. And then I’d go to school all day and I’d work all night. And I just, you know, it was a way to get my foot in the door like I had nothing. And I was like, well, I mean, I’m going to be a trainer, so just go there and then throw out folding towels and cleaning toilets. As soon as I got closer to graduating, I was like, Well, people got to see my face. So I started begging for a job at the front desk and they gave me a job at the front desk so I could see everybody’s face. And then I started begging for a job as a personal trainer, and nobody wanted to do anything with me because I had really long hair and earrings and I’m this punk kid and like, whatever. And but it was just a dog fight. And then I was like, Just give me a minute, just give me a minute. And they did. And I worked my way up and I was able to start as a trainer and then grow the training business and then get into group training and then grow that. And then I was able to go to corporate and do some stuff up there, and then I didn’t ever want to open my own gym ever.

Sharon Cline: [00:03:08] Why?

Mitchel Black: [00:03:09] It didn’t intrigue me. I mean, I was I was the number one trainer in the company. I was making good money. I was doing what I wanted to do. You know, you have you have everything. You have health insurance, you have a41k, you got a lot of security. And, you know, I didn’t want to go, but I felt really capped out. And I started hearing know a lot and I started getting kind of suffocated with, you know, hey, hey, buddy, sit down. And I’m like, no, no, I think we can do this. Nah, we’re not going to do that. And after a while I was like, Oh, okay. But I got to go then.

Sharon Cline: [00:03:46] Well, you clearly have a propensity to grow because if you started, you know, doing the night shift and then got to the front desk and then continue to progress so quickly, I mean, you’re in the right place, you know, that you want to have upward mobility. So someone was telling, you know, I, I imagine that’s very frustrating.

Mitchel Black: [00:04:04] Yeah. It’s not necessarily the telling me. No, the the only thing that scares me is complacency. And I cannot sit still and I can’t not grow and I can’t, you know, at least try to spread my wings. So it’s not like you’re telling me no thing. It’s like a if I ever feel as if we’re not able to move forward, that’s when I start panicking.

Sharon Cline: [00:04:25] So let’s go back a little bit to your for your history. You studied exercise, physiology and nutrition at the National Personal Training Institute. Where is that?

Mitchel Black: [00:04:34] It’s super cool. So they have a bunch of satellite campuses and I equated a lot to like deep fry. You know, like you go there, you get a degree just in in computer science. Yes. But if you decide halfway through, hey, I like art. Well, sorry, buddy, you got to start over. Right? So it’s really similar thing. And I did Accelerated Program through there and loved it. I mean, I graduated high school with a 1.75 GPA and was not supposed to do anything with my life. And I graduated third in my class from there. I mean, I love.

Sharon Cline: [00:05:05] Was it always something you just. Loved.

Mitchel Black: [00:05:07] No. Oh, yeah. Did you.

Sharon Cline: [00:05:09] Get it? I assumed you were going to say yes. No. No. How did you get into it?

Mitchel Black: [00:05:13] So I weigh less now than when I was 13. When I was 13, I was five, five. I was £200. I was miserable, hated everything about myself. And I just again, maybe I felt like so suffocated back then, didn’t like exercise, didn’t like eating right. My favorite thing was you take chocolate donuts and you put them in the microwave for 5 seconds and heat them up with Saturday morning cartoons and stuff. I mean, that was that was my life.

Sharon Cline: [00:05:35] It’s like you’re at my house.

Mitchel Black: [00:05:36] And and I just got fed up, man.

Sharon Cline: [00:05:39] And something clicked in your brain.

Mitchel Black: [00:05:41] Yeah. I was getting made fun of and bullied at school, like, terribly. I was sent home from school three days in a row crying. And really what happened is this this dude that wound up becoming a really good friend of mine, but at the time he was making fun of me every day. And the first day I went home from school crying and my mom was like, you know, hey, that’s terrible. You know, kids are bad, whatever. And then the second day she was like. You know. Och, all right. And then the third day, she was kind of like, All right, here’s a deal, buddy. You can be as big as you want to be and you can love life and crush it, or you’re just going to come home crying every day or we’re going to do something about it. And I was like, Yeah, you’re right. We joined Weight Watchers and I just needed something. I didn’t know where to start from.

Sharon Cline: [00:06:26] Your mom like that?

Mitchel Black: [00:06:27] Yeah, super big supporter the whole way through. But when I looked back at why I wanted to start, you know, there’s a whole list of things that I didn’t have when I was getting started. And a lot of things that people don’t have today, like where to get education, where to get support, where to get a community, where to get direction. You know, you’re limited by so much. And I made the commitment at 19 years old when I started being a trainer that I was going to dedicate the rest of my life to making sure nobody ever had to feel like I did at 13 and feel trapped and feel suffocated. And that’s our mission.

Sharon Cline: [00:06:57] And you continue to do that every day.

Mitchel Black: [00:06:59] Every day.

Sharon Cline: [00:06:59] That’s it. You were saying right before you came here, what were you doing?

Mitchel Black: [00:07:02] You were we had a webinar today.

Sharon Cline: [00:07:05] Okay. So who do you talk to on these webinars?

Mitchel Black: [00:07:06] Anybody?

Sharon Cline: [00:07:07] So anyone can join your webinar and kind of get information about the gym or.

Mitchel Black: [00:07:11] Yeah, whether you’re in our gyms or whether you’re in our corporate wellness side of our business or whether you’re just a regular person out there, you can sign up for the webinars. And then some of them have like today was just a specific topic, but then some of them are in line with, let’s say, challenges that we might be doing. It’s such an easy way to guide a large group of people, but like today’s webinar was called Discover Your Body Type, and I walked you through the three different body types that you might be how to identify that body type, and then how to make changes on dietary supplementation and exercise guidelines to reach your goals. And everybody had a follow along packet. It’s all interactive. There’s Q&A at the end and it’s really detailed. You leave with like an actual plan.

Sharon Cline: [00:07:53] So when you had your your job at One Life and you decided that you needed to spread your wings, what how did you make that happen?

Mitchel Black: [00:08:02] So as lifetime now, not that matters. I’m saying sorry. Yeah.

Sharon Cline: [00:08:05] Lifetime. Did it have the word life in it? Lifetime. Oh, gotcha. Yeah, that’s why I said that.

Mitchel Black: [00:08:09] But. So yeah, so basically I had my classes were getting really, really big and they were filling up the gymnasiums and so I had so back up. So I was down here in Georgia. I worked all the gyms down here. They moved me up to corporate, which is in Minnesota, and I worked there for two years doing like all the research and development for group training and stuff. And and that was cool. But I was like 20 and everybody there was like 45, you know, like it wasn’t like a great environment. Learned a lot, but I was like two years. I was like, I’m out. So I moved back down here to this Woodstock gym, which at the time was the worst performing club in the company. And I was like, I want that one. That’s the one I want. Give it to me. I’m going to flip it, because that’s what I did, is I would go into the underperforming clubs and flip them. I was like, I just want I want that project. I want that title. I want that on my resume. Let’s go. And they moved me there and I was able to do it. But I start getting into all this like class stuff and the classes start getting bigger and bigger and bigger to the point where you couldn’t even work out. At the time, my class was because we would take all the equipment. It was just crazy. And I had four people come to me and start offering me money and they were like, I’m going to invest in your gym. You need to get out. You need to do your thing. And I’m still in that phase of what I said.

Mitchel Black: [00:09:23] Like, I don’t want that. Like because in my head I’m thinking gym. I’m thinking these lifetimes are $42 a pop. They’re, you know, there’s no way I can compete with this. I wasn’t thinking what we do now, which is boutique functional fitness, and we’ll get there. But you know, what they were doing is all these people were offering money and it was a normal business transaction. I will give you this many dollars for this much percentage. And I’m like, Well, dude, I’ve never had anything in my whole life and I’m really not about to give up something that doesn’t exist yet for X percentage. It maybe it’s a great deal for other people. It’s not a great deal for me. I don’t want to do that. So I kind of brush it off, brush it off. And then this couple came to me and they were clients of mine for a while and they said, Here’s the deal. We don’t want any of your business. You are crushing it. We just want to give you money. You need to be doing this on your own. We’re going to do this as an angel investor. We’re going to give you a little bit more interest in a bank. I mean, it was high. It was like 12% interest, but I didn’t have to go to a bank or whatever. We’re going to do a five year deal. And then I’m still kind of interested. I wasn’t sold yet. And then they said, Here’s the deal. Our only requirement is that later in life you have to do this for somebody else.

Sharon Cline: [00:10:32] Interesting.

Mitchel Black: [00:10:33] And I was like, Those are the people I want to be in business with. Pay it forward. Yeah. And and that’s what they did. And it was I was like, okay, we went to a Starbucks, they wrote me a check and I was like, I never seen that much money before in my life. And so they wrote me a check. I start the gym. We need 36 members just to pay rent. No other bills just to pay rent, 36 members, 62 people said they were going to come with me and join. But that never happens, right? 24 people signed up. Oh, wow. I needed. 36 to pay rent. Lifetime wound up suing me because I was I was a third of their revenue. So when a third of the revenue, there’s 26 trainers and Mitchell Black’s doing a third of the revenue. I walked out. So we get in this lawsuit, I have no money because I put it all into strong side. So I went back to my investors. I borrowed another $5,000 to hire this lawyer, go into debt even more. Right. We wound up winning the lawsuit, whatever. But so there’s that. But I basically had like three months. So on top of that, it was open in December. In April, I was going to be out of business and I had to figure out a way to get more members with no money.

Sharon Cline: [00:11:45] So because I’m advertising no nothing.

Mitchel Black: [00:11:47] Yeah. And the only solution that I could come up with was the people. The only solution. I was like, All right, well, I got 24 people, so I can’t do anything. But what I can do is I can train these people better than they’ve ever been trained in their entire life and give them the best service, the best quality, bleed into them and make 24, 25 and make 2526. And that’s what we did.

Sharon Cline: [00:12:09] So did Lifetime not want you to take their members? Is that what the issue was?

Mitchel Black: [00:12:12] Yeah. So they accused me of doing two things. They accused me of tracking all these sessions and like basically for time that hadn’t been serviced yet. And I mean, it was it was bogus. It was just a way to come after me. But because I was a manager, I had a manager code and I could go in and I could track multiple sessions in a day. And the way that their systems rung up, you know, I would I would service a couple of hundred people a day because I would teach these classes. They would be in there and I would track the sessions and it would look like, I guess on paper it would look like. You weren’t in the gym that day, but I tracked your session because I physically couldn’t log all the sessions in a day, but I had to log them to get paid. And so there was that. And then they tried to get me for solicitation because what I did is I said, Hey, this is just what I’m going to do. End of story. If you choose to interpret that as you would like to come follow me. I can’t control.

Sharon Cline: [00:13:07] That. So it came down to almost like semantics.

Mitchel Black: [00:13:09] Yeah. So we had all 24 founding members signed sworn affidavits that they would that they would contest to Lifetime was trying to, like pull them into their offices and offer them free memberships and tell them that strong stuff was going out of business and all that kind of stuff. And so my lawyer was able to gather all that information. They were able to go back to him and they tried to do it with another guy who opened a gym over on Sugarloaf. So me and him partnered together and we did a class action lawsuit and and and we were able to win really quick because George is a right to work state. So if we sued first, which we did, then it fell under Georgia law, which is way easier to get it done.

Sharon Cline: [00:13:49] How did that feel to have them coming after you like that? Right as you were getting started. Amazing that they were coming after you.

Mitchel Black: [00:13:56] Yeah. Dude, you got a $2 billion company looking at little. All strong side. Good. I mean, I don’t I don’t get up in the morning and think about you, but I’m glad you’re getting up in the morning and thinking about me.

Sharon Cline: [00:14:07] I suppose it’s the best attitude to have when you’ve got someone coming after you.

Mitchel Black: [00:14:11] Like what? What are you not doing? To focus on me.

Sharon Cline: [00:14:15] That they’re so threatened by you.

Mitchel Black: [00:14:16] Because I’m playing offense so cool.

Sharon Cline: [00:14:20] And then. And then it slowly grew then. Or actually rather quickly. You said because you had, what, from December to April to be able to. To grow your numbers.

Mitchel Black: [00:14:30] Yeah. Well, it kind of grew and I only grew it to what I could grow it based on my mentality at the time because I went through a phase. Where. And I think a lot of business owners get in this, You think way too small. I walked in to 6500 square feet to squat racks, and I literally remember this putting my hands on my hips, looking around and going, This is all we’re ever going to need. And I was and then, you know, all of a sudden there’s like 20 people in every class and, like, just it’s freaking crazy and and it just blew up a lot. But then then it got real stagnant. So it went from 24 to like 80, and then it held there for two years. And then I met my wife and she my wife’s a powerhouse. My wife doesn’t work for the business or anything like that. But you want to talk about the best partner, the best pusher. Snap my mentality. I owe her everything and she got me to think so much bigger and so much of like, You can do this. And then it was like 80 became 180, and then it became 280. And then it became like, I don’t even know these people’s names, like, And that’s a whole nother I mean, I know everybody’s name now, but like, I mean, it got like, you know, just crazy like what’s possible. And now it’s now it’s 250 classes a week. Now it’s like, you know. Hundreds of members at this gym and hundreds of members at that gym. And like, that’s not bragging. I’m just saying, like, you think bigger, your think has to change.

Sharon Cline: [00:16:01] I was thinking on your Facebook page, you have thousands of of likes. You know what I mean? People follow you. Well, I think also how important it is to have the right people around you. We talk about this on the show all the time, about how important it is to have a support system, but specifically your partner being so supportive of you. It’s such a testament to having the right energy to kind of move you forward.

Mitchel Black: [00:16:21] Yeah, you get trapped around the wrong people. I mean, I yeah, don’t ever be the smartest person in the room. Get, get out, find a different room like. And I like hanging out. I don’t know how you feel about this, but like, because you’re in the radio business, like, I don’t want people in my I don’t like hanging out with people that are in my business. I want people that think like Jim has an I in it.

Sharon Cline: [00:16:43] Oh, interesting.

Mitchel Black: [00:16:44] Because they look at it with such a clear sense. Like when I hang around most other gym owners, I’m not talking to every gym or most of the gym owners. They want to talk to me about the same negative Nancy’s that. Are all your gyms the same? Oh, don’t you don’t you hate it when so-and-so. Yeah, I sure do. But but what I really want to focus on is like, can you give me some advice from a non biased opinion on how to do this better?

Sharon Cline: [00:17:10] Well, I wanted to talk to you about what makes your gym so special. You you use the word boutique, but I don’t understand what that means.

Mitchel Black: [00:17:16] Yeah. So. So when you when most people think gym, what they what they think is I wish I wish I made up the term term Globo gym. That’s from the movie Dodgeball. Oh, back in the day, I mean, I heard it. I beat it to death like it’s mine. But but you know, that’s the big mega gyms and that’s what people think. Basically, when you think gym, what you think is I’m going to go rent fitness equipment and that’s fine if that’s what you want to do. But those are your big box gyms. I’m going to pay 30 bucks a month. I’m going to go in there. Nobody’s ever going to call me if I don’t show up and I want to use this stuff and whatever. And what I realized, like I did the math when I worked for Lifetime, I was like, okay, this gym has 13,000 members. It has 200 pieces of cardio equipment. It has 5500 towels, six washers and 12 dryers. It has four lanes of a pool. I said, if if people use this thing, they’re it’s going to go out of business.

Mitchel Black: [00:18:13] Like it’s not made to support the people that it has. And then you have somebody like Planet Fitness. The planet fitness business model is so smart because here’s what they did is they said it’s ten bucks a month. You need to get in whatever. We’re going to offer it to a whole bunch of people. And then they said, okay, we’ll make it really hard to cancel and make it really low. It’s easy to get in. But then they took it a step further and they said, if the people who use the gym, what do they do? The people who use the gym, they use chalk, they use barbells, they use kettlebells, they do squats, they great. So what we’ll do is we say, you can’t do that. Any of that here, no squats, no deadlifts, no grunting, no chalk, no nothing, no kettlebells. You cannot do that here. So they take because so what the real metrics are that less than 12% of people actually use their gym membership. So you have 88% of people that will buy the gym membership and then not use it.

Sharon Cline: [00:19:04] It’s kind of depressing statistic.

Mitchel Black: [00:19:05] And then if you take the other 12% that are interested and you take away their equipment, then you have like 100% of the people that aren’t ever going to come to the gym. So so that’s just like that’s just how the model works. I mean, I don’t know, I don’t think they set up in their corporate offices and hope nobody comes to the gym. I’m just saying that’s how the model works. Those are the real numbers, whatever. And then you have on the other end, you have like like studios, like one on one training and stuff like that. And that’s that’s super private if that’s what you want. You know, a trainer rents a space, they do whatever and you sign up for that. It’s a couple hundred bucks a month. You get your sessions, whatever strong side is, definitely right there in the middle is we build these boutique esque studios and these gyms, these boutique spaces. They’re are 4 to 5000 square feet. Everybody who joins the gym gets a subscription, and that subscription allows them to come to as many classes as they want at any location. They want it any time they want. We offer three main classes, our 60 minute class, 45 minute class and our yoga class, and they’re all different offerings, right? And then that member can come to the gym and utilize those classes any way they want. However, what makes us different is our, our, our focus on community. So we focus I give you those stats before 12% of people maybe use the gym. Our goal is that 40% of our members use the gym every single day. Wow. If you go longer than one week on our software is a red freakin circle around your name that pops up for that gym’s manager to reach out to you.

Mitchel Black: [00:20:37] And at the two week mark of not using our gym, you should have been followed up with. We’re going to do monthly community outings. You’re going to start meeting people and friends. Each gym has their own Facebook, each gym has their own email group. You’re going to be as a new member, you’re going to meet with the club manager in a non. Sales meeting to get you to use our platform. Our take on the business is, is you buy a subscription. And what we want to do is get you to use that subscription. So rather than saying here’s the subscription and here’s all these up up tick up fees that you need to pay for other stuff, we just want you to use our product for longer. So we say, okay, can you do this? Can you do this? Okay, What if we gave them this and we offer everything that we can like ten, 11 classes a day? Clinics are included, nutrition challenges and stuff. Now we have things that you can pay extra for, like nutrition coaching and stuff like that. But we take a boutique approach usually ten, 12 to 14 people per class. We want 40% of the people coming in every day. The average member is with us for 18 months or longer and it’s 100% focused on general population. There’s no crazy athletes. It’s all people that have never worked out before. It is all people. It’s it’s normal people that work really hard. And and that’s what it is. And it’s good fun stuff.

Sharon Cline: [00:21:56] This model that you have, this boutique approach, did you have that initially when you started the first gym?

Mitchel Black: [00:22:02] No. I always say be stubborn in the vision and flexible in the details. So I’ve always had a vision of what I said earlier. I want to dedicate my life to making sure that nobody ever has to feel the way that I the way that I feel. And I can break it down to three things. I’m like, boom, boom, boom. Okay, well, when you’re thinking too small, you start at one little 1600 square foot place. And then it was like, okay, we’re going to be the mega center of Woodstock, Georgia. And then you start realizing all the things that you would have to do to do that. They aren’t really, like, scalable, you know, like we’re in a pretty not not we’re in a weird market. Not that many people like to work out. It’s actually a stupid business model when you think about it. Nobody likes to work out. Nobody likes to work out frequently. Hey, you know what we should do? We should open gyms that nobody wants to go to. Like it’s so you’re in a niche, right? So the only way to scale is to open more of them. So now we’ve we’ve just in the last two years or so really honed in on what that is. And what we really are is we’re the intersection of CrossFit and Orangetheory. That’s, that’s really who we are because like we’re all CrossFit coaches, I’m a CrossFit level two coach, all of our coach. But we also have been doing this 15 years. We have degrees. We’re not just going to Google and we make and curate everything that we do. So you have two spectrums, right? You have the the people that go to Orange theory F 45, burn whatever, and they have a client boredom rate.

Mitchel Black: [00:23:22] And that client boredom rate is usually somewhere between 6 to 12 months. And this is not a hate on the this is just the business. I’m not saying they’re dumb program. So what I’m saying is those programs are the same every day. It’s 12 minutes of rowing, 12 minutes of treads, 12 minutes of resistance training every time you’re in orange theory F 45 is 45 seconds on, 45 seconds off, whatever, same thing. So and that’s cool, but they get bored, but they’re never going to do CrossFit because the customer is told that CrossFit hurts people. It’s dangerous, is too challenging, it’s too hard. I don’t believe that. But I’m not here to argue with the customer. So what do they learn? They learn that it Orangetheory theory 45 burn whatever. What they want is they want an app, they want towels, they want air conditioning, they want showers, they want it clean. I agree with you, but they want more variety. They want teaching and education and they want cool exercises like CrossFit does. Crossfit is one of the best people in the world to educating people. How do we make that middle? How do we make a strong side? Clean air conditioning, shower, shampoo? You walk in, somebody giving you water like, Yeah, I’m with you. But we’re also going to do more than just these three things every day and we’re going to teach you and we’re going to educate you and we’re going to give you real certified trainers that go through ridiculous training that are full time employees that are dedicated to get to know you. And that’s what we do.

Sharon Cline: [00:24:41] If you’re just joining us, we’re speaking with Mitchell Black of Strong Side. Would you say that that is your biggest mistake? Is that you thought too small from the beginning?

Mitchel Black: [00:24:50] Everything? Yeah, 100%. 100% too small.

Sharon Cline: [00:24:53] That’s your biggest mistake you feel like in reflecting on your business model?

Mitchel Black: [00:24:58] Yeah, because it goes to everything like that.

Sharon Cline: [00:25:00] Trickles down, you mean?

Mitchel Black: [00:25:01] Yeah, I mean, like. You name it, because that affects how much. Now, you can’t think unreasonably like I’m not saying go borrow $10. What I’m saying is, like, I would confine myself in. To, you know, I’m going to build the gym this way because this is all we’ll ever need. Not looking at potential growth. So you spend so much money on new equipment. You spend so much money not realizing what could be in the future. And then you lose money on I don’t need this email list plan or, you know, like what? What could you get out of it? Is. I’ll give you an example. Like marketing. My team thinks I’m crazy when it comes to marketing because I always say that the cost of being unknown is way more expensive than any cost of advertising. And they’re like, Oh, well, you know, this cost money or this. And I’m like, What can you do with it? Tell me what you can do with it and how we could leverage it. And then I’ll tell you if it’s expensive.

Sharon Cline: [00:26:01] Interesting. I mean, we talk about marketing on the show all the time. So I’m wondering, do you what are your main methods as at Facebook? Most people use Facebook.

Mitchel Black: [00:26:10] It depends. So we view podcast is what the radio used to be. Facebook is what the news used to be. Instagram is what commercials used to be. And we play each one different and we do. We have five main streams of content and then we slice up those main streams of content to get. Our goal is to work 1000 hours a day and have 100 pieces of content every week.

Sharon Cline: [00:26:34] Wow, that’s a big goal.

Mitchel Black: [00:26:37] Yeah. So but the only way you can do that is multiply. So how can you take how do you get 1000 hours lots, 100 people working 10 hours a day? Okay. Well, how do you get 100 pieces of content? You probably need ten really good pieces of content. Like how much can you slice up a podcast? Well, if I record it and I talk, that’s two and then I can get snippets. Okay, now I’m up to six, you know, like I just how do I get to 100?

Sharon Cline: [00:26:58] It’s so analytical. Do you know what I mean? It’s not. It’s something I haven’t thought about that way in terms of having analytics and metrics, you know, to make A plus B, we’ll see if that makes sense.

Mitchel Black: [00:27:08] I mean, yeah, that’s what we do. So, I mean, I’m sure somebody out there has something like crazy plan that works better, but that’s what we do and it works for us.

Sharon Cline: [00:27:14] Now, I was going to say your track record is proven right.

Mitchel Black: [00:27:17] I mean, I feel like I feel like we’re get we got a good understanding of who we’re trying to talk to. I’m happy with what we’re doing with marketing.

Sharon Cline: [00:27:25] What do you think’s the biggest misconception is in the fitness industry.

Mitchel Black: [00:27:30] That you’re either going to get hurt doing it or that you need to get in shape first?

Sharon Cline: [00:27:34] Get in shape before you join the fitness industry.

Mitchel Black: [00:27:37] Which is I mean, that makes no sense. I mean, I used to I’ve been and that’s not new. I remember starting as a trainer, people like, well, let me get in shape first and then I’ll sign up with you. And I’m like, you know, that’s my job. That is literally 100% my job.

Sharon Cline: [00:27:55] So how do you assure people that they don’t have to be in the best shape or that they’re they’re not going to get hurt?

Mitchel Black: [00:28:01] The hurt thing is really hard. And if you ever get hurts people attached to your name, you’re going out of business and you have to be real delicate with it. And what we’ve done is really change our language. You know, we used to if you walked into Strong side 2013, 2014, it was not clean, unedited rap music. It was shirts off. It was I mean, you just go nuts, dude. And it was fun. It’s fine. I had a blast doing it. But there’s the the customer fears things that they don’t understand. And what you’re trying to do is neutralize their anxiety by elevating their levels of certainty. So when you do things like describe an exercise in a way that is using terms that they don’t understand or it’s not visually appealing because they’re looking at an ad or a video of something that they can’t do, or you’re putting people in these ads that you know, you’re as the gym over gym owner trying to show off like you’re really attractive clients that yet anybody want to see that like it’s who’s the most relatable and how are you talking to people so. It’s you can’t go to people and say you’re not going to get hurt doing this. You have to really, really just embed the story. You’ve got to be kind. You have to be assuring you. I mean, I remember being young and saying, Oh, what are you talking about? Look at look at all these people over here. They’re not hurt. They know how it works. Like, you really have to just kind of hold their hand and guide them.

Sharon Cline: [00:29:34] It’s you have to be a people person number one, right?

Mitchel Black: [00:29:36] Oh, my goodness. Yeah. That is the job is just talking to people. And then the second part of your question, get in shape first. I find that comes from insecurity. So you’re just trying to like meet people where they’re at. And, you know, I truly mean it. It strong side. Everyone’s welcome and everyone’s equal. The first person that has an ego can leave like get at you will hurt our business more than you will grow it because the people that are out of shape are the people that build our business. So we’re our competition is the couch. It’s not another gym. So we’re always competing with laziness, we’re competing with Instagram, and it’s not about how can we make you throw up, it’s how can I just make you want to come back tomorrow? I don’t care what you do today. I just need you to come back tomorrow.

Sharon Cline: [00:30:18] Have you ever had to ask someone? Leave?

Mitchel Black: [00:30:20] Yeah. No.

Sharon Cline: [00:30:22] Yeah. How does that.

Mitchel Black: [00:30:23] Go? Not fun. I’ve had to do it three times. Yeah.

Sharon Cline: [00:30:29] But you know what? You’re protective of your business, so I can imagine you get to fire people too, you know, that are. That are paying.

Mitchel Black: [00:30:35] It’s so dumb. It’s like the whole. I don’t even know. Like, it’s it’s dumb. So I’ve done it. I’ve done it. I’ve done it three times. I did it once the wrong way. And we have a great relationship today and I really appreciate her and I know she’s listening to this and I appreciate it. That was the wrong way and and to the right way. And what I mean, the right way was truly toxic to the culture and. It’s just You’re not happy. I’m not happy. You know, my coaches aren’t happy. The members aren’t happy. It’s it’s really dumb and unfortunate that it has to get there. And I don’t, like, walk around and be like, Who’s next?

Sharon Cline: [00:31:21] Like, scaring everyone.

Mitchel Black: [00:31:23] Yeah, it’s. Yeah.

Sharon Cline: [00:31:25] All right, Well, talk to me a little bit about the talk show that you have.

Mitchel Black: [00:31:28] Talking smack with Mitchell Black. Yeah. So I. So I’ve written one book, but I swear to you, my second book is going to be called Making Something from Nothing. Because that’s because that’s just all I’ve ever done. And I had So I was in school and, you know, I never really was comfortable talking to people. And my cousin at the time happened to manage this radio show and he was like, you know, I know you need to like, talk to people. I’m sure being a trainer, you got to get out there like I had. It was really helpful because I had to curate information. But he said, I’ll give you a spot. And obviously it wasn’t very big radio show, but he said, I’ll give you a shot. And he let people call in and ask questions. And it was I got an hour once a week talking smack with Mitchell Black on Radio Jefferson.

Sharon Cline: [00:32:18] Did you love it?

Mitchel Black: [00:32:19] I really did. Yeah. I mean, and it taught me a lot of how to communicate in a flowing way because my first session doing it, I mean, I typed everything out. I typed everything out and I and I could there’d be a recording and I would go back to recording and listen to it. And it was just me reading a book. I’m like, Why am I doing this? And and then as the weeks went by, I started getting more flow with it. And that really helped me learn how to talk to people because especially in the fitness space and it’s true for most other spaces too, like the person doesn’t really care about what I’m saying, they care about how I’m saying it.

Sharon Cline: [00:32:57] How you’re making them feel.

Mitchel Black: [00:32:58] Yeah. And it’s not they’re not shopping. Trainer’s being like, which one is going to have me go through the best mezzo cycle of training to like that’s on you as the trainer to make sure you know what you’re doing and give integrity in your job to make people feel comfortable is extremely hard. And that’s so that’s what I learned of that. And when people call in and ask you some crazy question, how are you supposed to answer that?

Sharon Cline: [00:33:23] Do you wish you were doing it now? I mean, I know you have a podcast. You talked about what’s your podcast?

Mitchel Black: [00:33:28] So our podcast called The Live Well Podcast, and I’m a guest on it. I don’t run it, but so like I try to be a guest in there like one or two times a month, but it’s a really interesting take. As of now, we’re closing in on 100 episodes. As of now, we’ve never had a non member on the podcast. So our theme is like cool story within the community and like, I don’t think we’re going to take the podcast and be like all over America. It’s kind of just a neat way for our community to hone in with each other.

Sharon Cline: [00:33:55] Yeah, but don’t think small now.

Mitchel Black: [00:33:57] See, there I go again. There I go. No, I would. I would love to. I really love this stuff. Like just talking to people, hanging out with people.

Sharon Cline: [00:34:06] Just to make their lives better. Yeah, there’s something very noble about that.

Mitchel Black: [00:34:10] It’s all for other people. It has to be done in a very selfless way.

Sharon Cline: [00:34:13] Well, how did you survive the pandemic? How did it affect you?

Mitchel Black: [00:34:16] Oh, dude, that was rough. I’m just so the positive is never let a good crisis go to waste. So I so the the long answer to a short question is that in 2000 so I started as a trainer in May of 2008 and the economy crashed in September. Right. And I remember being at Lifetime and I was so so this will answer your question. But at the time I had I had 22 clients. They were paying $85 a session. They were training 3 to 4 times a week. So on the average, client ticket rate was like $100 a month. I’m 18 years old making 108,000 a year. I came from growing up on like food stamps, literally, and having my phone turned off and like, nothing, right? So I’m bawling beyond my wildest dreams for four months. And then the economy crashed and it was phone call after phone call after phone call of just, oh my God, I can’t do this, you know, because they’re all in the banking industry and all this kind of stuff. I mean, like I’ve never seen more black Amex in my life and but all those people. But yeah, but all these people were getting affected, right? So the the day the economy crashed, I’m looking up like, at all the TVs in lifetime and everybody should stay in there. I’m 18. I don’t even know what an economy was. I just knew that nobody was on those treadmills. Everybody’s looking at the TV and his phone call after your phone call.

Mitchel Black: [00:35:39] And I said, Whoa, whoa, wait a minute. What’s going on here? Nobody’s saying they don’t want to do it anymore. They’re just saying they can’t afford it. So I said, okay, instead of making a lot of money on a few amount of people, 22 clients, I’m just going to make a little bit of money on a whole bunch of people. So how about I charge all of you and your friends 150 bucks a month and we start doing boot camps and I get you with like seven or eight of your friends. I don’t lose any money. Cost you a lot less. 150 compared to 100 is a lot better. Let’s just do that. All right. So I and then that was a weather storm, you know, like, whatever. When I saw 2020, if you were able to take the virus out of it, so you just strip any emotion, ties to it and look at it as just the business. It taught me two things. And the first thing was I looked right back at 2008 and I said, Dude, a lot of people came out of their billionaires. And I remember watching that happen and I said, Whenever that happens again, I want my piece. And when I saw that happen, I said, The market is going to constrict so hard, everybody’s going to pull in, Everybody’s going to be scared when this happens. Mitchell Whenever this is, I knew that in 2020 something was going to happen for 18 months. I was saying the market’s going to consolidate, markets are going to consolidate.

Mitchel Black: [00:36:55] You can’t have this many people. Nobody likes working out. You can’t have all these gyms with not anybody that likes exercise. It’s not made to survive. You’re all floating on fake cash right now. So I was like, it’s going to constrict now. I didn’t know it was going to be a virus, but that happened. Everybody pulls in and I pulled our team in and I said, Look, here’s the deal. If this doesn’t work for you, it doesn’t work for you if you need to leave, totally cool. I got it. But we’re going to lean in harder than we’ve ever leaned. And this is going to be the biggest opportunity of our lifetime. They shut us down, and my wife is like, What does this mean for us? And I said, It means you’re not going to see me much for the next six months. I’m going to go into a hole harder than I’ve ever gone into a hole, and we’re going to figure this thing out. I don’t know what it looks like, but I do know this. We will make it through. The question is, what are you going to look like on the other side? So we just started saying, okay, what’s going on? Take the virus out of it. What are the facts? People are scared. How do you make them less scared? You neutralize anxiety by increasing certainty. What is fear? It’s unknowing of the future. How far of a future can I predict for these people and what certainty can I give them? So what we did is we said, All right, here are gyms closed.

Mitchel Black: [00:38:06] All right, cool. We’re going to give you two options. Option one, we’re going to put together equipment packages if you want to take an equipment package home. They had like three different options they could pick from. Then you’re agreeing to keep 100% of your membership, But we’re going to get you a gym at home if you don’t take any equipment, we’re going to give you 40% off. So you pay 60%. However, we’re going to offer five workout classes streamed per day. I didn’t know anything about Zoom. Nothing. And I’m just YouTubing everything, ordering everything. And I told our team I was like, Look, this gym is now a 5000 square foot media production facility. You need to imagine that it never reopens. We are running five classes a day. We’re doing a we were the first that I ever knew of to do a virtual five K. We sent people race packets, we sent them t shirts, We developed a hashtag. The fitness never stops. My hand was like broken. I wrote hand-written cards to every single member and we just mailed them just boom, boom, boom. And I was like, Connect, connect, connect. We had a we viewed strong side as a news network, and we said, if you tune into this news network, what shows would you get? And we put it was like Power Players where I had a guest on every Wednesday, I had a monday, Wednesday, Friday show.

Mitchel Black: [00:39:20] Then we had five workouts a day. We had yoga that you could tune into. We partnered with the city. Where would they would do this? Amped in the park thing. We did it digitally and I’m just like going, I mean, just going, going nuts as hard as we could. And we tried to get as much online as we could, but we couldn’t lean too far because I knew that when we reopened, I mean, all that happened within like six weeks. Like it was crazy. Wow. But I knew that when we that when we reopened, I said human nature is not going to change 100%. I’m not saying that digital is not going to be the way of the future. I’m just saying that just because COVID happened six weeks later, you can’t say that 100% of your clients are going to work out online for the rest of their life. So I saw everybody I saw everybody pivoting into like digital only platforms and 50,000 on an app. And I was like, way too early. The market’s not even primed to to be comfortable working out online. That’s what happened to Peloton. A whole nother story there. But so anyway, so we reopen and our plan of reopening and this is pivoting in. The second thing that I learned, our plan reopening was we were going to do Monday, Wednesday, Friday, online and Tuesday, Thursday in gym, because that’s what the quote world was telling me to do.

Mitchel Black: [00:40:38] And we said, Hey, if you want to keep your equipment, you can keep it. If you want to bring it back, bring it back. 100% of people brought it back. Interesting. And I was like, holy crap, Plan B, we can’t support this. They don’t even want to work at home. So reopened. We did it in a normal way. I’m not saying it was like, you know, chest slaps and sweat everywhere. We did it like in a normal, appropriate way, but we brought everybody back in the gym, which had me realized thing number two. And the second thing I learned is how dangerous being small is. So when COVID shut everybody down, is that so? Well, before I get there to close out number one, because I even tell you what I learned in number one is that when we reopened, like it just went like straight up and it was never let a good opportunity go to waste. And it was like an L-shaped recovery. We grew 36% in revenue in 2020, and it really taught us how to increase people’s level of certainty. You know, fast forward into 2023. What we’re what we’re learning is it’s all about making the customer feel certain, make them feel comfortable over and over and over again. We learned that in a very accelerated level in 2020, and now we get to carry that into 2023 because most of our clientele who’s really overweight and really unhappy is uncertain, is scared, doesn’t even know where to start. They probably wanted to lose weight £40 ago.

Mitchel Black: [00:42:01] They’re just like, I don’t even know what to do. And that was a gift. And we got to learn six years of stuff in six weeks. Then the danger of being small. So when everything was shut down, LA Fitness does not own a single one of their locations. They’re all build to suits. La Fitness sent a letter to every landlord and said, This is an act of God. We are not going to pay you rent. You can sue us if you want to, but we’re a really large company and we’re going to fight you. Lifetime owns all of their locations and they sent a letter to their bank and they said, We’re going to refinance all of our mortgages, which means we’re going to have 30 days of no payment, and then we’re going to go ahead and do another 30 days, too. So it’s going to give us 60 days to figure this whole thing out and we’re going to refinance at a lower interest rate. Done little ol strong side over here calls their landlord and said, Hey, the world just shut down. What are we doing? Landlord says nothing. And by the way, I didn’t get a loan, so the first loan was taken up. I got a little bit of money after. So they did two rounds. The first round I got nothing because all like the they classified a small business under 500 people and like all the Marriotts and all this kind of stuff that are under 500.

Mitchel Black: [00:43:16] They took all them, whatever. So who cares? I don’t really care. I want to write my own check. I didn’t want any money anyways, but I just tried to get it. And then they did a second round. I got a little bit way after we were open, so I’m like, I’ll tell you that I got it a little bit, but I didn’t get it when I needed it. So they shut us down. I call the landlord, Hey, we’re not doing anything. You know, rent’s due on the first. The best we can do is you don’t pay for three months, but then you have to pay it back. I sound like bull crap, right? And I was like, Dude, if this ever happens again, I need to be huge because let me tell you how much. If I owed somebody $100 million, they would call me and they would be like, Hi. Hi, Mr. Black. I just want to make Are you okay? I want to make sure that everything’s cool with you. I know covid’s hard. Is there anything that we could do to take care of you? And I was like, I’m too small, I’m too small. I don’t know. I don’t owe anybody money. I don’t I don’t have enough liability. They don’t care. So I was like, we we have to go. And that’s how you get to that story of opening four more gyms in five months, opening a corporate wellness side of our business and just being like, and we’re still not done.

Sharon Cline: [00:44:23] But where do you want to be in like five years, ten years? Do you have a projection like that?

Mitchel Black: [00:44:27] No. Yeah. So so we were going to we were going to do 22 clubs by 2026. That’s what we were going to do. But we learned so much. And by we, I definitely mean me. I mean, I know the rest of the team learned a lot too, but I hope that I mean, my goodness, I learned a lot in 2022. And it’s. The market’s going to get really interesting in 2023. And I’m not talking about the stock market. What I’m saying is that you cannot have 5500 orange theories, 100 f 40 fives. You can’t have Peloton. Think of any other service. You have iPhone, you have Android, you have like four streaming services and people want streaming services. There’s like there’s what? There’s three phones and two phone providers. There’s Apple and Android and then there’s Google Phone. But your Android owns Google Phone and every more people have phones than bank accounts. And you’re telling me that you can have all these gyms, you can’t do that. So this thing is going to contract. And when I thought in 2022 that we were going to expand, what I’m seeing more of in 2023 is what we’re going to consolidate. I’m thinking now we’re in 2023, we’re not open. Another one. What we’re really focused on is building our infrastructure and our blueprint, and we want to be more of an infrastructure management company, more so than a gym company where we’re able to give you the blueprint to go open your gym if you need to, or absorb your current location. Because what works for us is there’s all these gyms around our gyms and they’re just they’re just kind of done. And we want to do business with these gym owners that have been trying for eight, ten years to build their business but just haven’t been able to. Or maybe they’re tired now or now they have kids and they’re looking for some type of support. You know, they’re tired of paying 20,000 a month in rent and they don’t want to deal with employees and like, you know, whatever. Cool, Come on our ship and let’s just rock and roll.

Sharon Cline: [00:46:30] So it’s like franchising kind of.

Mitchel Black: [00:46:33] Well, I don’t want to do a franchise because, like, I don’t do it. I don’t even know where to start. I mean.

Sharon Cline: [00:46:39] You figure it out, though, I will say.

Mitchel Black: [00:46:41] Yeah, that’s something I don’t know. And maybe somebody listen, I’ll have advice because of what we do. So this is just my $0.02. I don’t have any answer for it because I get asked to franchise all the time. We don’t have a cookie cutter teach this today. We literally are coaches like go through so much training and it’s so great and it’s so humanistic. How do you scale that? Like me personally, I’m just like, that is the question.

Sharon Cline: [00:47:06] You can’t replicate yourself. So you’d have to find people that have the same sort of mentality that you do, I guess.

Mitchel Black: [00:47:12] So we’ve done that. I don’t coach at all. Yeah, so we’ve done that within our four, but I’m like, Dude, if we had strong at Texas, like, and maybe I just need to figure it out, maybe I just need to just shut up and figure it out.

Sharon Cline: [00:47:22] Well, here’s my final question for you. So, you know, the show is called Fearless Formula. What are the things that you’re not afraid of anymore having gone through the recession in 2008 and obviously the pandemic, are there things that you’re not afraid of anymore that you think generally people can be change?

Mitchel Black: [00:47:41] Like, not even. Anything you want to change Right now, we can change. And it freaks people out. But change does it. So the first thing you have to do is define who you are, what your culture is, what you stand for. That can never change. But the idea that the way you do things today has to be done that way in the future. I mean, all the way down to like you walk in our gym right now, each gym has like 23 barbells, 20 to 23 barbells. If an article came out tomorrow that said barbells cause cancer and we had to sell the barbells, our business would live. It’s not built around a thing. So it’s we change and we fluctuate all the time. And as long as you can have change with reason and vision and, you know, there’s I get I’m explaining guardrails. You can’t be, you know, delirious and just change this and change that and nothing actually gets done. What I’m saying is reading the market, making changes that are in line with the market of what your prediction is going to be, but never being adverse to change, just change all the time, just in line with your values.

Sharon Cline: [00:48:47] I guess that’s important, though, because the notion of change, if you don’t really know who you are, change could mean everything could be too broad.

Mitchel Black: [00:48:55] Yeah. If you don’t know who you are and like, I mean, that’s one thing we did a couple of years ago that was extremely important. We we developed 24 fundamentals. We took those fundamentals and we put them in four different categories for people to identify with. And we just pushed out. I mean, you’ll hear me say the same story over and over again. I was five five, I was £200. I was 13 years old. This is why I started making this change strong. So started here at 24 members. They need to resonate with that and they have to understand that, you know, from the top down, bottom up, however you want to describe it, it is we are here to make people better.

Sharon Cline: [00:49:24] Your fundamentals are consistent.

Mitchel Black: [00:49:27] Yes. It never, ever changes. It just looks like, you know, if you talk, you’ll meet members over the past five years. I remember when you used to do that. Remember when you see that? I’m like, Yeah, I remember when people used to like that. Now they like this. Like, it’s okay.

Sharon Cline: [00:49:40] Well, if anyone wanted to get in touch with you, how can they do that?

Mitchel Black: [00:49:44] We’re all over Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, YouTube. I mean, Google, just Google strong side and it’ll bring you up. But then on any of the platforms, it’s either strong side or train strong side. And we’ll get back to you immediately. We don’t have any bots in our system, which is something that I’m really, really I don’t know if we’re gonna live there forever, but I’m really happy with it right now and we will contact you faster than a bot.

Sharon Cline: [00:50:06] Well, Mitchell Black, thank you so much for coming by. Cherokee Business Radio X, I really appreciate the time and it’s very inspiring to hear someone so passionate about their their work and aligning themselves, kind of being congruent with themselves and their business models. It’s inspiring.

Mitchel Black: [00:50:21] Hey, I appreciate you. Thanks for having me. I know you’ve had some of our members, actually Josh Bagby, on the show, and that’s how I got hooked up with you guys. And you guys do such a great thing. I was doing some research on you too, and it’s super, super cool. I didn’t I didn’t know it was live. So everyone that I’ve listened to, I didn’t know they were actually live. So that’s cool.

Sharon Cline: [00:50:39] Did it make you nervous? You you were good.

Mitchel Black: [00:50:41] No, it’s just like, ah, okay, we’re doing. We’re going.

Sharon Cline: [00:50:45] Yeah. That’s how we roll here at Business RadioX.

Mitchel Black: [00:50:48] Oh, love.

Sharon Cline: [00:50:48] It. Thank you all for listening to Fearless Formula on Business RadioX. And again, this is Sharon Cline reminding you that with knowledge and understanding, we can all have our own fearless formula. Have a great day.

 

Tagged With: STRONGSIDE

Toni Kirkland with The Hidden Bookshelf, Travel Agent Jo’El Lapp and Kelly Nagel with Nagel’s Bagels

January 23, 2023 by angishields

CharitableGA012023pic
Charitable Georgia
Toni Kirkland with The Hidden Bookshelf, Travel Agent Jo'El Lapp and Kelly Nagel with Nagel's Bagels
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Charitable-GA-top-12023

Toni-KirklandToni Kirkland is the owner of The Hidden Bookshelf and Beacon Marketing. She’s also the Marketing Director for Aurora 360, and also the creator and main cheerleader for I am here to stay which is a community for survivors of abuse and trauma. You can say that she wears a lot of hats along with being an author, al-anon wife, CoDa member, and currently single mom to a very bright and busy 23-month-old.

With 20+ years of Graphic and Web Design experience, 17+ years of Customer Service experience, 5+ years of Management experience, and being a published author of multiple books available on Amazon under M.A. Grace, Toni has lived a very interesting life.

Her main goal in life, along with being an excellent mom, is to help build communities wherever they are and provide support and encouragement to those chasing their dreams.

Connect with Toni on LinkedIn.

JoEl-LappJo’El Lapp is a graduate of Canisius College and earned a Bachelors in Political Science with a minor in Criminal Justice. She went on to work for several years as a Customs and Immigration Agent on the Canadian Border.

She retired when she was pregnant with her eldest daughter, Madelynn Rose. Soon after, she started Blossom Hill Farm, a farm-to-table livestock operation while raising two daughters as a single mother. After leaving the farm, divorcing the life there, she met the love of her life, Jon Lapp.

Jo’El has had several businesses from working for Pampered Chef to being a Sales Agent for Rome Radio. Currently, she is stretched very thin running a travel agency as well as being a full-time foster mom for high-risk dogs.

She is also the State Director for Convention of States, a grassroots organization which is working towards change in the federal government. Between working to make major changes in policy, and saving foster dogs that have been within hours of being put down, she has continued being a mother and making the world a better place.

Connect with Jo’El on LinkedIn.

Kelly-NagelKelly Nagel and her husband Rich have been married for 23 years and started Nagel’s Bagels in 2019 after they both had long careers in the corporate world.

Kelly specializes in marketing, business development and facilitating connections within the community.

She has a Bachelor of Science from Florida State University, is a native of North Georgia and loves sports, mostly football (some say a little too much). Rich and Kelly have two teenage girls.

Connect with Kellyl on LinkedIn.

This transcript is machine transcribed by Sonix

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:07] Broadcasting live from the Business RadioX studios in Atlanta. It’s time for Charitable Georgia, brought to you by Bee’s Charitable Pursuits and Resources. We put the fun in fundraising. For more information, go to Bee’s Charitable Pursuits dot com. That’s B.S. Charitable pursuits dot com. Now here’s your host, Brian Prewitt.

Brian Pruett: [00:00:45] Good, fabulous Friday morning. Everybody out there in the listing world, it’s another fabulous Friday and Stone, first and foremost, Happy National DJ Day. Did you know it was National DJ Day?

Stone Payton: [00:00:54] I did not know that. So what a marvelous opportunity.

Brian Pruett: [00:00:58] So we should have had some bagels for National DJ Day.

Kelly Nagel: [00:01:00] Can we have and we should have had some actual disks, you know. Exactly. Vinyl.

Brian Pruett: [00:01:05] So. Stone I’m also excited. I don’t know if you are looking around the room, but three fabulous young ladies in the room. And then there’s us.

Stone Payton: [00:01:14] Yes.

Brian Pruett: [00:01:14] Yeah, right.

Kelly Nagel: [00:01:15] So that’s so sweet.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:01:17] So sweet.

Brian Pruett: [00:01:18] Now we got another great show for you. So our first guest this morning is Toni Kirkland. So, Toni, there’s a lot of stuff that you do. Probably the best thing is tell us what you don’t do. But first of all, welcome and thanks for coming this morning.

Toni Kirkland: [00:01:31] Thank you. Yes, it’s a smaller list, if I tell you what, I don’t write right.

Brian Pruett: [00:01:36] So I know you have the hidden bookshelf. You have Beacon marketing, Aurora, you have an hour on the show getting ready to start as well. But the reason I wanted you to come on this show again, for those who don’t know or maybe the first time listening, this is a show about positive things happen in the community and that can be from sharing great things to doing great things to just being vulnerable. And that’s what you’ve been able to do and you’ve shared it on Facebook, a lot of stuff. So you have a story of perseverance in not giving up. So I’d like for you to share that, if you don’t mind.

Toni Kirkland: [00:02:05] Sure. My 2022 was very crazy, so best way to put that. Over summer, my husband let his addiction take over his life, and in the process of that, he took his family down to rock bottom with him. So in August, he got arrested and that left me with no money and a lot of unpaid bills. August and September. I spent a lot of time being unaware of what I was going to do. I wasn’t sure how I was going to make it, but I kept getting up because of our toddler, and every day was just another step. I didn’t know what direction it was going, but it was another step. And then in October one morning, I just woke up and I was like, This has to stop. I have to be able to provide for my son. I have to build the life that I want for us and the life that I want to live. And at that point is when I started pouring more of my attention into the Hidden Bookshelf Club and really putting focus on which direction I was going. I managed to get a remote marketing job for Aurora, and that mostly pays my bills.

Toni Kirkland: [00:03:39] I sometimes have to borrow from Peter to pay Paul, but for the most part it pays my bills and also the community. I would not have been able to get through all of this without the community. The people I have met at Canton Business Club at Roswell Business Club at Ball Ground, Business Club. They would bring me food. They helped me with fixing, trying to help fix a car that he had totaled. Ultimately, my mom had to help me get another car and another cell phone. But yeah, the community just really stepped up, and all the friends I’ve made in Cherokee County and surrounding counties have really stepped up and helped me get through that and continue today to support me. And when I’m having rough days, which is getting smaller amounts of time, but it still happens, they remind me of how strong I am and how much I inspire them. And I’ve had people come up and tell me that by me being vulnerable and talking about my story has helped them in their silence of their struggles. So I continue to do it.

Brian Pruett: [00:04:50] I think it’s awesome that you’re able to be that vulnerable and even putting it out there on social media because again, like like people have told you, people are reading that they’re going through something similar, you know, and that just helps those people to know that they’re not alone. But there’s also people out there sharing that they can feel like they can share. We’ve talked the last couple of weeks about the power of networking, and she just shared Stone and other positively awesome thing about networking where she mentioned three business clubs and they’ve helped her with food and just inspiration and just helping her along the way. So that’s just another great example of networking.

Stone Payton: [00:05:23] Well, it certainly is. And everybody in this community just loves them some. Toni Kirkland for one thing. But we have such a marvelous support system here in this community. I just I love everything about it. And every day I see tangible examples of us all kind of living into that mission of wanting to support each other and our growth. Yeah, I love it.

Brian Pruett: [00:05:44] These other two guests that we’ll be talking to, we’re all part of another group together too, so it is definitely a community. So Toni, share with us, first of all about Aurora, share what they do and then how people might be able to benefit from them.

Toni Kirkland: [00:05:57] So Aurora 360, is a renovation and handyman company, and they also use global cabinet central for their cabinetry, putting in cabinets and all that stuff. So if anybody needs a handyman to do things to help property maintenance, they do that and they do kitchen and bathroom remodels. So it gives you the time back because some of that stuff can be very time consuming. And it’s surprising how long it actually takes to replace a ceiling fan. So yeah, there’s no no project too small and no project too big. They will come in and they will tackle it for you.

Brian Pruett: [00:06:38] Do they work all over metro Atlanta or just certain areas?

Toni Kirkland: [00:06:41] Do they work all over Metro L.A.? So everything they try to stay in Atlanta or north of Atlanta. But yeah.

Brian Pruett: [00:06:50] How about Beacon marketing share? What do you do with Beacon?

Toni Kirkland: [00:06:53] Beacon Marketing is a small local marketing. So I work with the local community and the local businesses in those communities to help bring them together. So I work online and offline marketing to let your community know that you are there and for them to find ways to support you and come visit you so that you are part of the community and the community is in return supporting you.

Brian Pruett: [00:07:21] The coolest thing I think you’re doing is the Hidden Bookshelf Club. So share what that is.

Toni Kirkland: [00:07:26] The Hidden Bookshelf Club is connecting the literary world one book at a time. I do that through a blog podcast, literary magazine. In online, offline events, in book clubs. I work with everybody and anybody that is connected to the book world. So I have things for readers all the way up to authors, including publishers, editors for matters, graphic designers, you name it.

Brian Pruett: [00:07:54] You’ve written books yourself.

Toni Kirkland: [00:07:55] I have. I have written a young adult action adventure story called The Blazing Charm Series, which is available on Amazon. And my pen name is Emma Grace, and it is about high school kids who are into street racing and take on the Mafia.

Brian Pruett: [00:08:14] Nice. So your show, I guess, is going to be part of the Hidden Bookshelf Club or is that separate?

Toni Kirkland: [00:08:21] Yes, The podcast is also called the Hidden Bookshelf Club, and I bring on the people in the literary world. So I have authors, editors. I even bring on book bloggers and we talk about books, and then we also talk about the person so that we can connect with the people behind the websites that we or the books that we love.

Brian Pruett: [00:08:42] That’s really cool. So if somebody was just listening and listening to your story and going through something similar or, you know, having just a bad day or whatever. Can you share a little bit of inspiration for somebody? And just obviously, like I said, your stories of perseverance and not giving up, but can you just give them some advice for maybe some of our listeners?

Toni Kirkland: [00:09:03] So my my advice that I live by is that I focus on one day at a time. I can only deal with so much at a time. So whatever that day brings me, and then I remind myself every night that I’m worthy of being here. And my motto last year and it’s also part of my motto is this year, is that I’m doing it all scared that I don’t know how it’s going to end, but I’ll never know if I don’t do it.

Brian Pruett: [00:09:39] You know, definitely has some some strong words there. Great words, too. So if somebody wants to get a hold of you for any of the things that you’re doing, what’s the best way for people to get a hold of you?

Toni Kirkland: [00:09:52] They can find me on Facebook and on LinkedIn under Toni Kirkland.

Brian Pruett: [00:09:57] Awesome. Toni, thank you for again being here. Do you mind sticking around and listening to these next young ladies?

Toni Kirkland: [00:10:02] I am excited to listen to these next ladies.

Brian Pruett: [00:10:05] All right. Well, we’re going to move over to Ms. Jo’El Lapp from travel, John and Jo’El. So, Jo’El, thanks for being here.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:10:14] Thank you for having me.

Brian Pruett: [00:10:15] Jo’El is another one who’s got an incredible story. So what I know about and I’m sure we’ll hear more, but she is a former federal agent, so then she went from that to being a farmer to doing things in like sales and radio and fostering puppies and now a travel agent. So you also are a state director for convention of states. So just I mean, that’s a lot of stuff. How did you give us give us a little bit of background.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:10:45] Oh boy, how much time we got?

Brian Pruett: [00:10:48] As long as someone wants us to let this go.

Stone Payton: [00:10:50] That’s right. I got all day, man.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:10:55] Well, yeah. In like, the very beginnings of Joel after college, I got into the federal law enforcement right out of college. I was basically an intern, a paid intern with US immigration. And then I switched over. I went to the dark side because we were wearing dark blue from white. So we called it the dark Side. And I went over to customs. So basically you’re just trading at the port of entry, trading from inspecting people to items. And then I had a really good fall off my horse and followed by the birth of my first daughter. And I just couldn’t physically do that job anymore. So I kind of went from there. We went my husband, my ex husband and I bought some land out in the country because I’ve always loved horses. And then that kind of morphed into, you know, we bought a couple of cows because I was we were doing this game called Team Penning where horses chase cows into pens, and my horse hated cows, so I had to buy some cows so that she could get used to them. So I mean, I got disqualified once because she bit a cow on the butt.

Kelly Nagel: [00:12:07] So I’m sorry. That is hilarious.

Brian Pruett: [00:12:10] I love.That visual.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:12:12] Right. So I had to get some cows and that’s how it just started. It’s like, yeah, I’ll just make I’ll make her like cows. So then people started, Well, you know, if you have if you have beef, I’ll buy beef off you. And then, well, why don’t you get some pigs? Because, you know, if you raise in beef, you might as well raise pigs. Well, what about chickens? What about sheep? And then it just kind of morphed and then sell into friends and family. And I’m like, you know, I could make some money doing this. So I just started selling at a farmer’s market in downtown Buffalo, New York. And from there, I just I started knocking on doors of restaurants and just talking to them. And before you knew it, I was selling to some of the top restaurants in Buffalo, and I created some really cool programs that other farmers were actually coming to me. As far as marketing goes, you know, I say one of the silliest things I did and it worked like a charm was adopt a chicken. And people would come at the beginning of the season and they would adopt a chicken and they’d pay way ahead in advance for like a year’s worth of eggs, and they’d get a picture of a chicken and they’d hang it on their refrigerator and they’d name it. They didn’t know what chicken they had. But the the you know, it was great. The kids loved it. You know, they’d come and be like, Oh, how’s Percy? Oh, Percy’s doing great. And and then I started selling veal to restaurants, which was a big deal because I won’t eat veal because it’s, it’s ridiculously inhumane. So we started buying calves and putting them with mama cows, and they were pasture raised. So they lived a great, you know, life. Obviously, they’re butchered when they’re young, but they’re still living a very good life before butchering. And the restaurants loved it. They loved that humane aspect. Like anybody could come to my farm and the animals were in very good conditions, not factory farming at all.

Brian Pruett: [00:14:06] So you should do the chicken thing now, especially with the price of eggs.

Kelly Nagel: [00:14:10] Absolutely. I would adopt. Can I name the chicken that I adopt because I would name her Diana Ross just so you.

Brian Pruett: [00:14:17] Yes. Yes. So. Well, first of all, Stone, a pretty cool I mean, I know I’ve known Jo’El for a while and but her daughter, I wanted her to be on the show. So you have a daughter. Very proud of you, Mandy Rose, Shout out to Mandy.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:14:30] Thank you. You know. Yeah. That’s so funny, because she’s the type of kid where teachers will come up to me and be like, Oh My God, your.Daughter is amazing. She is such a nice kid. And I’m like, Are we talking about the same kid? Because it’s always the mom doesn’t see that side all the time, you know?

Brian Pruett: [00:14:47] So I’m curious to the convention of states that you’re the state director of. Sure, sure. What that is.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:14:53] All right. Convention of States is a national organization that is centered around Article five of the Constitution. So Article five of the Constitution allows the states to make proposals to amend the Constitution because you know how Congress can do it, where they make proposals. Then it comes back to the states and then 38 states need to approve it and then it becomes an amendment. Well, the states can do that, too. So the states can actually bypass Congress completely. And that’s if you’ve been paying attention. Congress isn’t going to regulate themselves. So convention of states has three main issues term limits, fiscal responsibility, and limit government overreach. So I can’t see any of them voting for term limits. Sure as heck can’t see any of them reducing their fiscal spending. And I sure as heck can’t see them reducing the amount of how they get into your business at home. I mean, they’re they’re regulating everything from what light bulb you can have in your house to what kind of toilet you can have. So we really want to push back on some of that and maybe get rid of some of those ABC agencies and, you know, save some money because why do we need to duplicate the Department of Education and Department of Energy, the Department of Transportation? We have all that and in every state has that. So why do we need to duplicate it? So I think the biggest two questions and answers is who should make the decisions and where should the decisions be made? You know, it should be made here.

Brian Pruett: [00:16:21] So if you had a lot of stuff coming up lately with that supposed outlawing of gas stoves.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:16:29] You know, it’s the ridiculousness of it. The. Legislators can throw anything out that they want. And if you look at some of the stuff that doesn’t get media attention, it’s all just ridiculous, the stuff that they come up with. So, I mean, it’s not going to happen. They can say all they want and they like the publicity. They like standing up and making a name for themselves. I mean, that’s how they get reelected. But yeah, it’s it’s not going to happen.

Brian Pruett: [00:16:55] That’s good to know, because I like a good gas stove.

Stone Payton: [00:16:59] So do I. It’s so much easier to cook on. And I do a lot of cooking.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:17:02] It is it’s much easier to regulate the heat. And I like a gas stove.

Brian Pruett: [00:17:05] Although you don’t want me cooking because I might burn down the place. You have a passion, obviously, for. For change, for people, but also for animals as you share with your farm. But you do a lot of stuff for at risk dogs. Yes, sure. Well, first of all, what is it that at risk dog.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:17:23] A dog that is dropped off at an animal shelter? Pretty much the animal shelters in Georgia are to the max. Those there’s oh, my gosh, hundreds of dogs being euthanized. And it’s just really irresponsible ownership. The dogs that are in the animal shelters are not there for the most part because they’re bad dogs. They’re there because humans pretty much suck. I mean, I really don’t have another way to say it. You know, when people drop off their dog because they’re getting a puppy for Christmas, how do you even wrap your head around that? And it happens all the time. As soon as they start advertising puppies around Christmas time, the animal shelters just get so full because people just, Oh, I want a puppy now. And these dogs come into the shelters and they’re I mean, they’re just they’re heartbroken because you’ve taken them away from their family, you know, So they’ve been removed from their family. Now they’re in this really obnoxious, horrible. If you’ve never been in an animal shelter, it is the most stressful environment you can’t even imagine. All the dogs are barking. All the dogs are terrified.

Kelly Nagel: [00:18:29] As some of.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:18:30] Them show aggression because they’re so scared. Just so scared. So what fostering does is it pulls the animal out, gives it a chance to unwind. You get to see what the dog is like. Do they like kids? Do they like other dogs? Do they like cats? Do they chase just all the little nuances? And right now I have actually I’ve got two foster dogs at home and one of them she came to me. She’s a bully, a Grabe, She’s a great pit bull and she’s a year old and she is the biggest knucklehead you’d ever want to meet in your life. But she’s she came to me at only about £40, and she should be about £60. So she was literally a walking skeleton. But she’s had no no socialization, no training, no nothing. So she is like literally the Tasmanian devil. She’s just she’s got so much energy. She just wants to go, go, go, go, go. So she’s actually the rescue is helping me raise money for her to send her for training. So she has a chance because she’s the sweetest girl you’d ever want to meet. But you know, she she’s a sled dog on a leash. And, you know, she’ll jump four feet in the air to get the bowl of food out of your hand and just little things like that. So she’s going for boot camp for three weeks. And and the rescues do all that for you. So people complain about spending money, you know, three or $400 on a rescue dog. But the amount of you’re getting a dog that’s been through all the paces, it’s usually house trained and leash trained. And just all those kinks are worked out and you don’t have to housebreak it and, you know, do all the stuff with the puppy.

Brian Pruett: [00:20:14] So a couple of months ago, am I correct that you actually drove some dogs to Virginia yourself?

Jo’El Lapp: [00:20:18] No, I didn’t drive them. I rescued them from a bad situation. It was a mom and four puppies. They were two weeks old. Actually. The the woman who owned them, she just she dropped off the dog. Her name was Jasmine and her for two week old puppies and just said, I’m sick of her having puppies. Well, hello and get her fixed. But she just dropped her off and the dog had obviously had many litters and she was gray around the muzzle. And here she is with her puppies just being dropped off at Bartow Animal Shelter. I mean, it was it was a horrible situation. So the mama was having a hard time lactating because of the stress and everything. So I just they called me and I went and I got her and I brought her back to the house and I. Put her up at that point. It was over Thanksgiving. And besides my three dogs, it wound up being 11 dogs in my house over Thanksgiving. It was lucky I’m still married.

Brian Pruett: [00:21:16] Or there’s got any food left.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:21:18] But yeah, they I just kept her for a week. And that’s a lot. A lot of times what it is, you just keep them for a couple of weeks until they can transport them out of Georgia because there’s a massive push to get dogs out of the south, because in other states there’s just a different mentality, you know, about getting your dogs fixed and proper, taking care of them and not chaining them outside. And they’re just treated better in other states or just the South in general, just has has a hard time with how they treat animals.

Brian Pruett: [00:21:49] So how hard is it to foster and find new homes? And I’m sure you get attached to them. So how hard is that?

Jo’El Lapp: [00:21:54] It’s hard, but you have to look at it. You have to just weigh it. You know, you’re saving their life. And when you get them into a new house and I am not fully responsible for getting them into a new house. The rescue does most of the heavy lifting. But, you know, you get pictures and you find out how they’re doing like that. Mom I just told you about, she just got adopted and it was just oh, my gosh. I mean, in her later years that she’s found a she’s with an older couple and she just looks so happy and it’s like, okay, that’s it’s worth it.

Brian Pruett: [00:22:25] Well, you also have a passion for helping people. And you guys are doing that with your business of travel by John and Joel. So share a little bit about your travel agency.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:22:34] Well, my husband and I have always just loved to travel and I’m like really OCD with doing our travel. You know, just everything’s very detailed. I mean, we would go around Disney and I had an itinerary at Disney so that we got into the rides at the perfect times and we just just really, really detailed. And so we started traveling by John and Joel and we put together trips that are customized. It’s kind of funny that you said that we’re talking about this because I just got an email from somebody that we know from Cartersville Business Club and she’s like, Well, I know you guys do packages and sales. Like, I never said that, but we don’t. I mean, we if you if we know what you’re looking for and it happens to come up as a special or a package, obviously we’ll, we’ll put you in that direction. But like right now, I’m planning a two week trip to Italy for somebody as a honeymoon. So and it’s it’s morphed from, you know, a couple cities to being out in a villa in the country and just having a rental car. So we just take whatever the client wants and just make it as special as possible.

Brian Pruett: [00:23:40] What’s the biggest myth about travel agents.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:23:44] That you’re going to be paying more to hire a travel agent? I mean, most before COVID, most travel agents did not charge a planning fee, But then after COVID, most are because when COVID happened, if you had say, let’s just say you had 30 trips planned for people, you now had to plan and cancel all of those trips. So you put all the work into planning them. Now you’re putting all the work in on planning when you didn’t get paid for anything. So it was it was a real hit to the industry. So I think now it’s like 70% of agents are traveling, know, doing a planning fee. But that planning fee, we sell insurance with all of our trips. So I’m now if you have to cancel, I’m now getting your money back for you. So it extends way beyond the trip. I’m getting that money back, lost luggage, switched airlines, whatever. I mean, I’ve had people message me in other countries and want to change their plans. Well, they they decided they want to do something else or go somewhere. And we’re changing that for them in real time so that their their vacation continues without a hitch.

Brian Pruett: [00:24:59] Does that fee vary, I guess, with the different travel agents, or is it kind of.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:25:02] Across the board to say, no, It does vary. I mean, some are a little they’re very proud of their planning fees, but it just depends.

Brian Pruett: [00:25:14] I had a question. I just kind of left me. Oh, I know what it was. If somebody is looking to travel and can you give any tips? I mean, I know people think about, you know, what can you do? Is there still people worried about COVID or any just any tips you can give somebody about the travel route now?

Jo’El Lapp: [00:25:29] Travel right now is tough. The airlines are overbooking. See, what happens is there’s so many different suppliers that sell travel. So you’ve got your Expedia’s your Travelocity’s you know just go online and search airlines and everybody selling airline tickets, everybody selling hotels and they overbook. So traveling with air right now is really difficult. So if you’re going somewhere, you know, well, there’s two things. You know, try, try, try to get a direct flight because they will lose your luggage, I guarantee you. And secondly, if you’re if you’re flying, just, you know, do like a Google flight search and try to find the you know, the if you do Google flights, you’ll see all the flights that come up and you want to be on. The earliest flight possible so that if your flight is canceled or you’re bumped, you can try to get on later flights. Otherwise, you’re going to be you know, if you try to get like a 10:00 flight, you’re going to be staying somewhere overnight, you know, until that flight goes out the next morning. So try to get on the earliest flight as possible because you just might have a long day at the airport.

Brian Pruett: [00:26:41] If somebody wants to get a hold of you for travel, how can they do that?

Jo’El Lapp: [00:26:45] They can go to jlapp travels dot com. So it’s Jlapptravels.Com and we’re on Facebook and Instagram at at jlapp travels.

Brian Pruett: [00:27:01] On the convention of states. Can people also get a hold of you in case they are concerned about any of that stuff.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:27:06] Yeah. Yeah. They can go to convention estates dot com and there’s a petition there. We ask that you sign the petition and what that’ll do is that’ll go to your legislator, your state legislator and let them know, hey you know, I really believe in all of this. So let’s make sure that Georgia supports it. Georgia’s was the first state to pass the convention of states resolution, and we have 19 states right now. We need 34. We’ve got nine on the docket this year. So we were we were involved in 450 elections last year or not last year, but this past year, in order to get more friendly legislators to pass the states that we’re holding out. So I think it’s going to happen pretty soon.

Brian Pruett: [00:27:47] Wow. You know, STONE Every time I listen to a show, I keep saying one word over and over, and that’s awesome. But I know what else to say when the when you hear these stories.

Stone Payton: [00:27:55] It sounds like a perfectly descriptive word to me. It is awesome. I think it’s incredible what these ladies are doing. What a pleasure to get a chance to visit with them and have them share their story.

Brian Pruett: [00:28:05] Yeah. So, Jo’El, thanks for again for coming. Do you mind sticking around for this next young lady?

Jo’El Lapp: [00:28:11] Absolutely not.

Brian Pruett: [00:28:12] All right. All right. We now have missed Kelly Nagel from Nagel’s Bagels to the show. She is I like what she says, Stone. She’s the carb dealer. And you can tell that I like carbs.

Kelly Nagel: [00:28:23] So don’t we all.

Brian Pruett: [00:28:25] Yes. Kelly, thanks. Thanks for taking your time to be in here as well this morning.

Kelly Nagel: [00:28:29] Absolutely. Thanks for having me.

Brian Pruett: [00:28:31] So I know you have a giving heart. You do a lot of stuff. So first of all, just share. I know you have a marketing background, but share how Nagel’s Bagels got started.

Kelly Nagel: [00:28:40] All right. Well, yes, I was in the business development marketing world very diversely. I did fundraising for nonprofits for a long time. I worked and actually produced content as well as did marketing for a thread and stabilizer company. I do. I am a seamstress. I do so as well. So that was there. I did it for a credit union for a little while and then I was working for a credit union when COVID and this whole thing hit. And and I got laid off because, you know, if your job is to go out and network and talk to people, you know, you can’t do that anymore during that time, allegedly. And so. Parallelly is that a word.

Brian Pruett: [00:29:32] Now.

Kelly Nagel: [00:29:33] That it communicated right? So at the same time, so my husband has had a long and amazing career with pharmaceutical companies. He is a subject matter expert in how your data is supposed to look when it gets submitted to the FDA for a clinical trial. So he has worked directly with pharmaceutical companies or has been a consultant and worked for Oracle. You know, just making that data look the way it’s supposed to look. And as you could probably guess, that was a lot in front of the computer. And Rich really just wanted something that was completely different as a hobby. It was supposed to just be his hobby. I just want to say that very clearly that this was supposed to be a hobby surprise. And and he was always obviously our last name is Nagel. He was always kidded with, you know, Oh, Nagel bagel. It was a little chubbier in middle school. And and then we had always said, Oh, wouldn’t that be fun? We could have a bagel. You know, Nagel bagel is a bagel company. Never took it seriously. I actually hate to bake. I’ve been fired from the bakery several times. And but he was like, I’m going to see if I can make a bagel. And he researched. He’s good at that and did watch some YouTube videos. And then he made the worst bagels in the entire world. I mean, oh, my gosh, they some of them couldn’t have even been a bagel. It was like a boat anchor and.

Brian Pruett: [00:31:07] Sell.

Kelly Nagel: [00:31:07] Them. Yeah, right. And so but he kept that was actually a really good thing to happen because he was like, well, this isn’t going to beat me. I’m going to figure this out. And so he kept trying. Kept trying. And then. They he started getting good and we were giving them to friends and things like that. And one of those friends that tried happen to be the person that runs the Cartersville Farmer’s Market. And so she called us and said, By the way, you have a booth at the farmer’s market. We had no idea what that meant. Like, we didn’t know, Is that good? Is that bad? But we figure we should bake. So we took 6 hours and baked 12 dozen bagels and we sold out in less than an hour. And at this point, this was 2019. At this point, I’m still thinking we’re this is just a good hobby. Like this is going to pay for some vacations that we can use John and Joel to help us plan, buy some more books, because that’s like my fantastic hobby is I and we should probably talk like, you know, but and, and then it just kind of started snowballing. And we kept at people kept wanting more bagels and and cafes and restaurants were wanting to sell our bagels and coffee shops. And so, so now we’re back at 2020 and I got laid off and our a friend and CPA said, if anybody can make this happen, y’all can just go for it 100% and make it happen. And that’s what we did. And we opened our new bakery and cafe in June in Cartersville, 125 West Main Street. And it’s so now we have a actual cafe, we have a full bakery that we can do both wholesale catering and support the restaurant. And, and this is what we do full time, both of us, which is awesome and scary and all those things.

Brian Pruett: [00:33:14] Have you seen a bagel that’s become the popular bagel?

Kelly Nagel: [00:33:18] Well, the looking at the stats, you know, our is the most sold bagel is the everything bagel in the plain bagel. And those are the most common. Most people know those. And so those are probably as far as actual sales. But I would say we do some unique things because we’re not Yankees. I say that term lovingly and we’re also not Jewish. So we don’t have like we don’t have to hold to this ancient recipe that great grandfather told us, and this is how you make bagels, because this is just the way it’s done. So we do some things that are different, a lot of things actually. And so we have a Asiago Jalapeno bagel that’s very popular.

Brian Pruett: [00:34:04] It’s very good, too.

Kelly Nagel: [00:34:05] Yes. And our maple bacon, which our youngest daughter actually came up with, was the maple bacon bagel. That’s probably the other one. That’s our unique that’s popular.

Brian Pruett: [00:34:14] So it’s not just flavors in cream cheese. You guys can make bagels, sandwiches and stuff as well.

Kelly Nagel: [00:34:19] Absolutely. And that’s part of what we do differently with our bagels is we have everything is natural. We don’t have a single preservative or anything artificial in the entire place. I could go off on my soapbox on that, but I won’t. We use the best flour. We use local honey, that is, you know, we use raw organic sugar, we use special oil, everything. So it’s actually good for you. But we also have Millie, who is our sourdough yeast starter. And Millie is what is the yeast? It’s in every bagel. And that actually that process and the proofing process we use makes them softer. And so they’re easier to make into sandwiches and to use, you know, in other ways than just like your regular bagel with just cream cheese. Although we do have that.

Brian Pruett: [00:35:12] Yes, you can get that because that’s one of my favorites is the blueberry that you have. Yes. So another cool thing that they’ve got in stone is they have a bagel bus, which, if I’m not mistaken, you got got you actually got that and brought up from another country.

Kelly Nagel: [00:35:24] Yes. So my husband is from Southern California and grew up in the bad part of Los Angeles.

Stone Payton: [00:35:30] That is another country, right?

Kelly Nagel: [00:35:31] Yes, that is actually completely different culture. He was it was very funny to when he moved here. And even though it’s been like 15 years that we’ve I grew up here, but we I brought him back after we lived in California. I still can use the excuse when he does something wrong. Well, you know, he’s from California and people are like, oh, yeah, that makes sense. That makes sense. But yeah, so we he’s always loved vintage VW busses and bugs and you know and we’re both car people anyway And so he actually commissioned a 19 6823 window VW Microbus and we had it restored in Brazil and brought over and got that in August I believe and it’s a. Bryant because it was fully restored, and yet he is in the garage every day doing something. And every day Amazon sends something and it’s for the bus. And I was like, Huh? Just thought it was fully restored.

Brian Pruett: [00:36:36] Which his baby. He’s got to take.

Kelly Nagel: [00:36:37] Care of it. Absolutely. Absolutely. We do love it, though. It’s a great, great thing.

Brian Pruett: [00:36:41] It’s a conversation piece as well.

Kelly Nagel: [00:36:43] It is. It’s a great marketing piece, quite frankly. I mean, people come in and they’re like, hey, I saw the bus. And so I decided to come and try a bagel.

Brian Pruett: [00:36:52] You guys actually sponsored our breakfast at the golf tournament That helped in September for Aces Youth Homeward Experiences Foundation. And if I’m not mistaken, that might have been the first event you brought the bus out to.

Kelly Nagel: [00:37:01] It was it was the first event. He was a little nervous driving it that far and everything, so but it went great. He and of course, got a great reception.

Brian Pruett: [00:37:10] Yeah, the golfers loved it. They couldn’t they just kept wanting to talk about they didn’t care about the bagels. Well, they did, but after they wanted to talk about the bus.

Kelly Nagel: [00:37:16] It’s true. It’s true. We get that a lot.

Brian Pruett: [00:37:18] So I know you have a big heart for giving as well. And you shared a few months ago at a luncheon about a nonprofit or program you want to do eventually with the bagels. Can you share share that?

Kelly Nagel: [00:37:31] Absolutely. As part of our vision statement, actually having, you know, having a marketing background, of course, we wrote, you know, a marketing plan, a vision statement, mission statement for needless bagels. And part of that is that we want to end hunger in every community where we are, have a presence, and we get that. That’s a big goal. We’re okay with that. With why? Why dream if you don’t dream big, right? And so as a part of that, we support organizations that feed people. So currently the big ones we do are a good neighbor, homeless shelter. We support backpack buddies and we support Live 2540, which is the love shirts that you’ve seen all around. And those are organizations that feed people. And eventually we would are. One part of that vision is to have our own nonprofit or arm, you know, of our business and it be called Bagel on the Hook because in Eastern Europe, every bakery, they buy their bread every day over there and you go in and you can buy a loaf of bread and then you could buy another loaf for the hook. And then when somebody else comes in to the bakery, if they don’t have any money, they just ask the proprietor, Do you have any bread on the hook? And if they do, no questions asked, they grab that bread off the hook and give it to the person. And so it just feeds people. And I don’t know, I just can’t make the basic sustenance of life, which is bread, and then not be giving that bread to people who are hungry. It’s ridiculous that we live in this country and there are still people that go home and don’t know where they’re going to eat their next meal. And that is, quite frankly, our irresponsibility as humans. And so we to we want to rectify that, not to make people feel bad, but just I just think people if people see more people doing it and if they see how easy it is, then they want to follow suit. And so that’s that’s how that’s how we do it.

Brian Pruett: [00:39:37] So you just mentioned the good neighbors, homeless shelter and backpack buddies, and you and Rich are taking part and the dances with Dancing with the Stars. Share what that is and how can people support you?

Kelly Nagel: [00:39:48] Yes. So I. Kondracke into dancing with me for the Cartersville Dances with the Stars. So we will be dancing as a couple. The event is actually March 4th, but up until then, every couple that’s dancing has to raise money. And Brian, you won’t be this doesn’t surprise you how competitive Rich and I are. So we’re like, oh, we want to raise the most money. And so we are doing several fundraisers and things as well as dancing several hours a week. Practice, y’all. I don’t even have to go exercise anymore. Just that in and of itself is so much exercise and quite frankly, so much fun to be able to do and do together. It solves a lot of arguments in our house that, you know, we can you know, you can’t be mad at somebody after you’ve danced with them for that long. And so that’s fun. But but yeah. So we they. The event goes to good neighbor homeless shelter and backpack buddies in Cartersville, Georgia. And if you don’t know what those do. So good neighbor homeless shelter has a an emergency shelter as well as transitional housing. They also help straight. They do a street program out of there. And it is the epitome of teaching someone to fish instead of giving them a fish. Guests come in that are you know, in situations like what Tony was in, they had no idea that they would be. I mean, so many people have no idea that they are one incident away from devastation and they can walk into this place that is a home and they are a guest and they are given education and they’re giving the resources on how to get back on their feet and they’re able to stay there for up to 10 to 12 weeks.

Kelly Nagel: [00:41:50] And there they get a job and they’re helped with how to do all those things. And I mean, there’s so many roadblocks to people if they don’t have a driver’s license or lost their driver’s license or Social Security card and, you know, just having help to get all that is awesome. And then to the point that then there’s transitional housing to help them get back on their feet that way. And and and it’s just there’s so many success stories. I met a guy a few years ago who was at the shelter, came in destitute. He had been living on the street for a long time, and he left the shelter as a manager of a fast food restaurant. And he was actually moving to, I think, South Georgia because they had transferred him to take over another store within this thing. And that that story is common with Good neighbor. So they’re not you know, they’re feeding people, obviously, and all of our leftover bagels for the day go to them. And but they’re also helping people get back on their feet and backpack buddies. A backpack goes home with children who don’t have any food. The only meals they get are at school and a backpack full of nonperishable food goes home with them on Fridays to feed them and most likely their family over the weekend. And it’s very discreet program. People, you know, other kids don’t know it’s happening. And that way they’re able to eat and still have some dignity and they do feed them over the summer as well.

Brian Pruett: [00:43:28] So, you know, let’s see, Wednesday night I started the first charity trivia giving back event and Good neighbor homeless shelter is going to be February’s. Yes. So make sure you put February 22nd, come to Saint Angelo’s, enjoy a great buffet, a great organization, and I’ll be doing backpack parties later in the year. So.

Kelly Nagel: [00:43:49] Yeah. And so rich and I’ll be there to to cheat so we can win.

Brian Pruett: [00:43:53] Yeah, we the trivia. I’ll make sure that all the phones get taken next time. So.

Kelly Nagel: [00:43:58] Yeah, that’s a good idea. That’s a good idea. So can I do a shameless plug for people to give money to our.

Brian Pruett: [00:44:04] Sure, go.

Kelly Nagel: [00:44:05] Ahead. All right. So if you text 4144, four, if you text the word Nagel in AGL to 41444, it will send you a link that you can donate to us so that we can raise the most money.

Brian Pruett: [00:44:19] There you go.

Kelly Nagel: [00:44:20] We’ll get a trophy for that. So.

Brian Pruett: [00:44:22] Well, there’s I mean, you’re doing a lot anyway, but you also have a heart for helping other small businesses. And you are the new president for the Growth Business Association for this year. So first of all, congratulations on that.

Kelly Nagel: [00:44:35] Thank you. That gave me a tiara. It’s the only reason I did it.

Brian Pruett: [00:44:38] There you go. Share a little bit about the ABA and how people can get involved with that.

Kelly Nagel: [00:44:43] Absolutely. So, yeah, the Acworth Business Association was integral in helping get Nagel’s Bagels started. I had been involved when I had worked for the credit union and met a lot of just amazing people. And I and so when I got laid off and said, Hey, this is what we’re going to do, we’re going to make it work, that organization was like the people, you know, that are members. They were like, What can we do? How can we help? And they really helped get us off the ground and continue to support us, which is amazing. And so my theme for this year, our goal with Acworth Business Association, is facilitating connections. We want to connect people with other people. One of that is that we have lost connection with humans because we had we do have that silly phone and we think that we’re really connecting people when we’re not. And so I want people to get face to face with other people and get vulnerable and, you know, really get real connection. But also I adhere to the business philosophy that Zig Ziglar says, and he says, if you can have anything you want. As long as you help enough other people get what they want. And so that’s what we do and that’s what we push for people to do, is, you know, you’ve been in business for a long time, Brian, so somebody who’s just starting out, you give them an hour of your time and hey, this is this is some mistakes I made. These are some right things I did. Here’s some connections. You’re amazing at connections and, you know, here’s some connections. I have to help you get started. I mean, those things are invaluable. And I mean in that what we’re supposed to do just as humans helping other humans.

Brian Pruett: [00:46:24] Absolutely. I mean, that’s I think I share this, but obviously my passions are are fundraising and sports, but connecting others is my other passion. And it’s just you get it high when you can see those connections and they work with other people.

Kelly Nagel: [00:46:36] Absolutely. Absolutely. Speaking of sports, I do feel like we need to ask Joel if she is in the Buffalo Bills Mafia. Oh, okay. Think. I mean, they kind of forced us all to be in it because of, you know, DeMar Hamlin, which I love and I’m glad he’s doing well. But isn’t it like the Mafia to, like, force us to be seafaring today? So I know I knew you were a Bengals fan. That’s why I was, like, making sure you didn’t bring the enemy into this room.

Brian Pruett: [00:47:03] Well, you can be frenemies.

Kelly Nagel: [00:47:04] Okay.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:47:05] All right. Yeah. My parents had season tickets for, like, 33 years for the Bills Games? And when you’re a Bills fan, you’re a fan because you’re going, you know, they’re shoveling off snow right before you sit down.

Kelly Nagel: [00:47:18] It’s ridiculous. I mean, they know they live in Buffalo, right? Like they know it snows there.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:47:25] And they go to season. Yeah.

Kelly Nagel: [00:47:26] I mean, we have a dome and we’re in Georgia. I’m pretty sure Tampa’s is a dome, isn’t it? No, not anymore. No.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:47:33] Once in a great while, my dad would take me to a game and we would have to pack, like, tons of newspaper to have, like, sit. I mean, it was like it was an endeavor to get ready for the game. It was. It’s very hardcore. So I spent my whole life like, my my whole my entire childhood was organized around home games.

Kelly Nagel: [00:47:52] Well, that I mean, that makes sense.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:47:54] Go on vacation. No, you can’t go to a friend’s house. There’s a game on. So I’m not really a very big Bills fan. My husband still watches the Bills, guys, but I’m just on my phone, you know, on Facebook.

Kelly Nagel: [00:48:05] All right. Well, yeah, I got married. They did. We chose the date of our wedding because it was a bye week for Florida State. So I get it.

Brian Pruett: [00:48:14] So nothing more cool or cooler? Is that a word? It is. You put food in, but nothing more cooler than women in sports, right? So, absolutely.

Kelly Nagel: [00:48:22] I unfortunately know more about sports than most humans should. So we won’t unless you want to do a whole hour on sports. We’ll have.

Brian Pruett: [00:48:28] Another show on.

Kelly Nagel: [00:48:29] That. All right.

Brian Pruett: [00:48:29] Sounds good. So somebody wants to get a hold of you for some catering or you also do a program, which is pretty cool with the bagels that have a company wants to send a thank you to their customers. You will do that as well. Sure. About that real.

Kelly Nagel: [00:48:43] Quick. Yes, absolutely. We do great bagel boxes. And it could be just bagels. It could be bagels and cream cheese. It could be like a bagel charcuterie box. And yeah, if you want to send thank you gifts to clients or whatever, we can do that. We can deliver them, packaged them, use your specific label, help design a label, all those things. And we have different price points for that, you know, depending on how much you want to thank them, you know, are you $10 happy with them or $75 happy?

Brian Pruett: [00:49:10] I think somebody gave the idea for the label, didn’t they?

Kelly Nagel: [00:49:12] So, yes, Brian was very integral in helping me figure out what how to do labels and personalize them for everyone. So I do thank you for that. Sure. Yes. But yes, we also do catering. We can come to your event. We can put a bagel bagel, breakfast board or charcuterie board in your, you know, your bridesmaids and bride room, if you want that before wedding or for Super Bowl Super Bowl party, you need a grazing table. I got you, though. Yes, we do that as well as have you know, we have specials every day at the shop. It’s today’s Friday, right? So it’s a brisket. We use Jonny Mitchell. He’s a award winning smoker and he provides us our brisket every Friday and Saturday. We have brisket bagels and they are addictive.

Brian Pruett: [00:50:02] Are you hungry now, Stone?

Stone Payton: [00:50:03] I am starving, absolutely. I love brisket and so does my bride. Yes.

Brian Pruett: [00:50:08] So again, if somebody wants to talk to you about catering, how can they do that? Or if somebody wants to talk to you about the Acworth Business Association, how can they do that?

Kelly Nagel: [00:50:16] Yeah, So anybody can go to our website. We it’s Nagel’s Bagels, Dot Co or Nagel’s bagels and brews because we do have beer and wine. So nagel’s bagels and brews. You can find us on Instagram, Facebook, all those as well as just you can just email me Kelly K l.y at Nagel Unlimited dot com.

Brian Pruett: [00:50:44] So the last couple of shows started the new Year. I think I’m going to do this all year long, though, is I want to ask you guys to share. You’ve already shared a little bit, but share either one word or something positive for this new year all year long that people should should do or live by. Tony let you start?

Toni Kirkland: [00:51:02] I would say that my words directly are worth and respect. You should respect yourself and know your worth and know that whatever room you walk into, you are worthy of being there and everybody starts somewhere. So don’t ever look down at yourself by comparing yourself to other people.

Jo’El Lapp: [00:51:25] Joel I would say be true, but be kind so you can absolutely stand up for what you believe in. You don’t have to cave, but just do it in a kind way.

Kelly Nagel: [00:51:34] Kelly Oh, that one’s good, both of them. So I always do pick a word every year. And my word for this year is not surprising. It’s connection. And I am all about connecting real with people, being vulnerable. All that, all of that. But I also I have I have ADHD, so I have trouble getting things done sometimes. And so I developed a thing called the Rule of three, and I write my list of all the things I think I have to do. And some, you know, sometimes it’s, you know, solve world peace or hunger or whatever. And then I pick three that I can do today, and I turn that piece of paper over. I write those three on there. And as long as I get those three done for that day, I don’t have to do anything else. And if you do the role of three Monday through Friday for a month, you get done 60 things, you check 60 things off your list. And quite frankly, if I can check 60 things off my list every month, I’m doing better than I am without that. So that’s kind of my my advice for this.

Brian Pruett: [00:52:36] Year, you know, doing this show. First of all, Stone, you and I have talked about this before, but it’s a great platform to get all these stories out there. Again, there’s so much negative in mainstream media. It’s great to get all this positive stuff out there. I’ve maybe I’ve had a long week and be tired and exhausted, but come Friday morning, man, I know I’ve got the shows coming up that are just incredible and being able to share these these stories. So everybody out there listening, remember, let’s be positive and be charitable.

 

Tagged With: Nagel's Bagels, The Hidden Bookshelf, Travel by Jon & Jo'El

How to Improve Earnings to Maximize Business Value, with Bill McDermott, The Profitability Coach

December 27, 2022 by John Ray

maximize business value
How to Sell a Business
How to Improve Earnings to Maximize Business Value, with Bill McDermott, The Profitability Coach
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Earnings

How to Improve Earnings to Maximize Business Value, with Bill McDermott, The Profitability Coach (How To Sell a Business Podcast, Episode 4)

Improving earnings to maximize business value was the focus of this episode with guest Bill McDermott, The Profitability Coach. He and host Ed Mysogland discussed key things business owners can do to improve earnings, strategies to improve profitability, the need for delegation, financial management, planning your exit strategy, and much more.

How To Sell a Business Podcast is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton Studio of Business RadioX® in Atlanta.

The Profitability Coach

Every business owner has a big dream for their company and wants to make it happen. The problem is many business owners don’t know how to manage the finances of their business leaving them frustrated and confused.

The Profitability Coach comes alongside the business owner and analyzes the financial health of the business and develops a plan to take them from financial confusion to clarity. Then he executes the plan focusing on areas of financial growth. Together they travel the road of financial success to profitability and healthy cash flow.

Company website | Instagram | LinkedIn

Bill McDermott, The Profitability Coach

Bill McDermott, The Profitability Coach

Bill McDermott graduated from Wake Forest University and launched a banking career that spanned 32 years. He was laid off from his position as Chief Commercial Lender in the Great Recession of 2009. With a treasure trove of banking knowledge and analytical skills, Bill launched the Profitability Coach with the purpose of making business owners better financial managers.

Over the past 13 years, Bill has helped over 200 clients by delivering results-oriented insights, taking them from financial confusion to clarity.

Bill is also the host of ProfitSense with Bill McDermott. ProfitSense dives into the stories behind some of Atlanta’s successful businesses and business owners and the professionals that advise them. This show helps local business leaders get the word out about the important work they’re doing to serve their market, their community, and their profession. You can subscribe to the show on all the major podcast apps, and the show archive can be found here.

LinkedIn

Ed Mysogland, Host of How To Sell a Business Podcast

Ed Mysogland, Host of “How To Sell a Business”

The How To Sell a Business Podcast combines 30 years of exit planning, valuation, and exit execution working with business owners. Ed Mysogland has a mission and vision to help business owners understand the value of their business and what makes it salable. Most of the small business owner’s net worth is locked in the company; to unlock it, a business owner has to sell it. Unfortunately, the odds are against business owners that they won’t be able to sell their companies because they don’t know what creates a saleable asset.

Ed interviews battle-tested experts who help business owners prepare, build, preserve, and one-day transfer value with the sale of the business for maximum value.

How To Sell a Business Podcast is produced virtually from the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX® in Alpharetta.  The show can be found on all the major podcast apps and a full archive can be found here.

Ed is the Managing Partner of Indiana Business Advisors. He guides the development of the organization, its knowledge strategy, and the IBA initiative, which is to continue to be Indiana’s premier business brokerage by bringing investment-banker-caliber of transactional advisory services to small and mid-sized businesses. Over the last 29 years, Ed has been appraising and providing pre-sale consulting services for small and medium-size privately-held businesses as part of the brokerage process. He has worked with entrepreneurs of every pedigree and offers a unique insight into consulting with them toward a successful outcome.

Connect with Ed: LinkedIn | Twitter | Facebook

 

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:00] Business owners likely will have only one shot to sell a business. Most don’t understand what drives value and how buyers look at a business. Until now. Welcome to the How to Sell a Business Podcast, where every week we talk to the subject matter experts, advisors, and those around the deal table about how to sell at maximum value. Every business will go to sell one day. It’s only a matter of when. We’re glad you’re here. The podcast starts now.

Ed Mysogland: [00:00:35] Welcome to another episode of How to Sell Your Business Podcast. I had the opportunity to visit with Bill McDermott, who’s known as The Profitability Coach. And, you know, I’m really skeptical on those consultants and people like that. And it came from a referral from Business RadioX, John Ray. And the first thing he said was what a quality guy he is, and this is such an understatement.

Ed Mysogland: [00:01:11] And so, I’m thrilled to death about the time that you’re getting ready to spend here on the podcast because Bill really helped provide some clarity on, number one, how to identify an advisor. If you’re going to hire somebody, what’s the difference between signal and noise? When should you expect a return on your investment? And so, as we went through the podcast, you know, not only was he well versed in so many different attributes of the selling process of what creates value to actually the whole exit process.

Ed Mysogland: [00:01:56] So, I think you’re going to find that Bill, as The Profitability Coach, really helped provide some really helpful nuggets on how you can make some immediate changes to your business to increase the transferable value. So, I hope you enjoy my conversation with Bill McDermott of The Profitability Coach.

Ed Mysogland: [00:02:22] I’m your host, Ed Mysogland. I teach business owners how to build value, and identify and remove risks in their business so that one day they can sell at maximum value how they want, to whom they want, and at maximum value.

Ed Mysogland: [00:02:36] On today’s show, I’m so excited to welcome Bill McDermott, who is known as The Profitability Coach. And for anybody that are small business owners, they know how important profitability and earnings are to the success of their business. And so, I am so fortunate to have this guy. I was connected by another mutual friend, John Ray from Business RadioX, and he connected us. And, boy, what a great opportunity this is. And I’m looking so forward to learning a lot about earnings.

Ed Mysogland: [00:03:17] And so, Bill, welcome. At the beginning I shared a little bit about your bio before we started recording, so can you just kind of give just a little bit of the lay of the land how you got to be The Profitability Coach?

Bill McDermott: [00:03:34] Sure. Sure. Absolutely. Well, Ed, first, let me say thank you for having me. The excitement is mutual on both sides. I was excited when you invited me to come on the show. And so, yeah, my background is I was a Wake Forest University grad. I spent 32 years in the banking industry. And then, all of a sudden 2009 hit, the Great Recession hit, and so I was laid off from my banking career. I was scared to death. But I also realized looking back, it was the best thing that had happened to me.

Bill McDermott: [00:04:17] During my banking time, I really discovered that business owners really struggled with the financial management aspect of their business. I had built up a treasure trove of banking and financial knowledge in my career as a banker, and so I launched The Profitability Coach, really helping business owners drive earnings through becoming better financial managers.

Bill McDermott: [00:04:45] You know, every business owner has a big dream for their company and wants to make it happen. What happens sometimes, though, is they don’t really know if the decisions they’re making are helping or hurting. They may not know exactly how to manage the finances of their business. And so, we have a process where we identify the hurdles that are getting in the way and to deliver to them a company that has profitability that, honestly, they never thought was possible. And so, excited to talk about that with you today. You’re absolutely right, it is all about earnings, and I would love to dive into that with you.

Ed Mysogland: [00:05:27] Well then, that’s where we’ll get started. Most of my career has been centered around working with owners and business value. I mean, ultimately when we start the process of selling a company, that’s what everybody wants to know. And everybody gets so hung up on multiples that they hear. They’re at the club and they hear the multiples. They’re watching the news and they hear price to earnings ratios and different things like that.

Ed Mysogland: [00:06:03] And I guess the longer I’ve been in the business, and I’d been in it 30 years now, it is all about earnings. And I guess that’s where I’d like to start. It seems so fundamental that value is based on profitability, but it doesn’t seem to resonate with business owners. Or, you know, they’re so caught up in working the business and if I’m able to pay myself, if I’m able to do the things I want to do, and have the freedom I want, no big deal. Up until the part where they think they want to sell. So, why is that component so glossed over?

Bill McDermott: [00:06:48] You know, I think you hit on it – by the way, absolutely great question and great topic – you mentioned it a little bit yourself. You know, I hold the view that business owners are so busy working in the business. They don’t really take time out to work on the business. They don’t have that time where they’re really looking at strategy. And so, honestly, I think every business owner should take time to stop working in the business and work on it.

Bill McDermott: [00:07:22] To your point on earnings, I share with my clients that generally speaking, a one percent increase in your top line is equivalent to a ten percent increase in your bottom line. You know, revenue is vanity, but profit is sanity. And so, in order to be sane, we really need to be focusing on driving earnings, but also by driving revenue.

Bill McDermott: [00:07:51] We could go down the path of, you know, generally speaking, clients I talked to, their prices are too low. They have more value to their product or to their service than they think they do. Or, second, they maybe haven’t figured out a way to actually increase volume. But both are equally important and both can equally drive revenue, therefore drive earnings.

Ed Mysogland: [00:08:13] Yeah. But, boy, I’ll tell you, it’s hard to make that leap of faith. Like, I’m going to increase prices and, oh, my gosh, if I do this what’s the likelihood I’m going to lose customers? So, I totally see that that’s low lying fruit that you can do. But, I mean, if I’m a business owner, how do you coach me into just go ahead and throw caution to the wind and let’s increase price by 15 percent. How do you do that?

Bill McDermott: [00:08:49] Yeah. Well, excellent question. So, the way I approach that with my clients is, let’s pretend I go to Walmart. When I go to Walmart, I’m prepared and I go there because I’m going to get the lowest price. But I’m generally not going to be able to find any kind of help in the service aisle, so I have to know exactly where it is. And then, when I get to the checkout, I have to wait a long time in line because the lines are so long. And by the way, because the parking lot is so full, I even have a hard time finding a parking spot. But, by golly, they’ve got the cheapest prices.

Bill McDermott: [00:09:31] On the other hand, if I go to Ace Hardware, the guy meets me at the door, “What are you looking for?” “Well, I need some fertilizer for my garden.” “Okay. It’s on Aisle 3. And by the way, these are the three types that we have. This one has a fertilizer and a weed killer in it.” And by the way, most of my clients like that one, I get a whole lot of service, a whole lot of value. And so, therefore, I go to Ace Hardware because I want the help, I want the expertise, and I pay for that in the price.

Bill McDermott: [00:10:05] So, we, as business owners, have two choices. We can either be a Walmart or we can be an Ace Hardware. And the value that we create for our clients, either in time savings or money savings, is worth the increase in price. So, a lot of business owners, I think, position themselves as providing a commodity and not really diving into the value that they’re creating for their clients. And they’re afraid to price accordingly.

Bill McDermott: [00:10:39] And I think a lot of that is a mindset issue. And we all have self-limiting beliefs that maybe our business, our product or service just isn’t worth the price. And everybody else is telling us we’re silly because it really is. And so, I think it really boils down to more of a mindset issue. Not raising prices is a scarcity mindset. And the reality is, there’s an abundance of clients out there that appreciate you and value the product or service that you offer.

Ed Mysogland: [00:11:10] Yeah, I get that. And I’m an Ace Hardware guy. I love Ace Hardware. And one of the things I recognize is that I’m willing to pay a premium for that. But I guess the follow up to that is, I’m already paying a premium because Lowe’s and Home Depot and Menards, you know, they’ve got lower prices, but, like you said, I’m paying for the service. So, if I’m that Ace Hardware, I’m already doing service, how do I stress test what that threshold is before I start losing customers? You know what I mean?

Bill McDermott: [00:11:55] Yeah, absolutely. So, I adopt the idea that I’m going to ask my clients, Am I continuing to deliver the value that they expected when they first hired me? And, also, as I’m putting my services or putting my products out there, if no one is telling me I’m too high, I’m going to automatically assume I’m too low.

Ed Mysogland: [00:12:26] That’s a good point. That’s really good.

Bill McDermott: [00:12:27] So, where is that area? Back when I was in banking – it was great – this client told me, “Bill, my loyalty to you ends with a quarter of a point on my interest rate.”

Ed Mysogland: [00:12:44] It totally makes sense.

Bill McDermott: [00:12:46] Yeah. And so, I knew that I could get another quarter, but I wasn’t going to get a half. And, by golly, I’d better be right on with that loan fee as well.

Ed Mysogland: [00:12:56] Yeah. I’m with you on the scarcity versus abundant mindset. I think the race to the bottom is always a losing proposition. And I know it’s the default position for a lot of owners that they feel that they have to compete. But, boy, but like you were saying on mindset, that is a real big ask for some of the change.

Bill McDermott: [00:13:20] Yeah, it is. And so, to your point earlier, if we kind of reverse engineer the conversation, those business owners that aren’t driving earnings through revenue want the multiple to be higher to make up for the profit that they could be getting by charging more, but they’re not. The reality is, it doesn’t matter what multiple I use, if I have a dollar’s worth of net profit that equates in a five times multiple, $5 of business value. And so, if I’m not driving the earnings, I want the multiple to be high. But that’s the wrong focus, to your earlier point, the focus on earnings.

Ed Mysogland: [00:14:09] Yeah. So, when you focus on earnings and you increase it to a 20 percent increase and you put a five multiple on that, versus put the same increase on the multiple, I mean, it’s two entirely different results. So, the earnings taking advantage of the number of turns on the multiple is always superior.

Ed Mysogland: [00:14:38] Okay. So, there’s four areas of profitability improvement that we typically see. So, it’s reducing costs, increasing inventory turnover, increasing productivity, and increasing efficiency. Those are big, big components of a business. But what do you think is the biggest area I should focus? If I’m a business owner, I should focus on this? And I suppose it’s company specific. But generally speaking, in your experience, where do I focus my attention?

Bill McDermott: [00:15:16] Yeah. So, I’m going to go back and maybe share a story, but this saying did not originate with me. Revenue is vanity. Profit is sanity. The cash flow is reality. So, I was working with a company that was a management consulting firm, international firm. They were doing incredibly well, but they got into trouble during the Great Recession because nobody was doing much, if any, management consulting when the downturn came.

Bill McDermott: [00:15:59] So, this company had to do a pivot. Basically did, and went from losing a-half-million dollars a year to making a-half-million. It was $1,000,000 swing in a year. It was absolutely fabulous. But this business owner said, “Bill, I made a-half-million dollars in profit this year. Where’s the cash?” And basically I said to him, I said, “Randy, look, you see that big honker accounts receivable number that’s sitting on your balance sheet? There’s your profit. If you go out and collect it, then you’ll have the cash.”

Bill McDermott: [00:16:37] So, certainly focus on profit. But I also think focusing on cashflow, I mean, profit doesn’t pay payroll, cash does. And so, I generally try to focus on profit. But if you aren’t doing, to your earlier point, turning the inventory, collecting the receivables, you’re missing out on cash that could be sitting in your bank account instead of sitting in your client’s or your vendor’s bank account.

Ed Mysogland: [00:17:10] Yeah. And a lot of business owners fail to understand that when a buyer goes to buy their business, there’s two checks that they write. The first one is for the business, the second one is for the working capital. And I don’t think that they recognize or I think they have a hard time recognizing that the more that’s tied up in working capital – to your point, that’s not in cash – it’s going to cost me to fund the working capital more than it should, because I’m not collecting receivables in a timely fashion or whatever the issue is, whether it’s debt, inventory, or whatever. That impairs a company’s ability to sell.

Ed Mysogland: [00:18:05] And I think you probably have coached a lot of people on, you know, if you hone in on your working capital, you’re reducing your risk, which is increasing your value, right?

Bill McDermott: [00:18:16] Yeah. To your point, recently we successfully completed a management buyout where this professional services firm sold the company for $13 million, and it was a combination of seller financing and bank debt financing. But when the negotiation on the purchase agreement came, the seller wanted, basically, to take as much cash out of the business as they possibly could. And so, the the broker stepped in and said, “Time out. We need to have adequate working capital. We got payroll, we got purchases, all of this.”

Bill McDermott: [00:19:01] And so, the owners were thinking about their pocket. They should be thinking about their pocket. But, also, since they had seller financing involved by stripping out all the working capital, they put their debt at risk to a certain degree. So, yeah, working capital is incredibly important.

Ed Mysogland: [00:19:21] And one of the best things that you’ve said today is just that, the seller financing and the working capital that they put the seller financing note at risk by how they were treating the working capital. And if I’m a business owner, that’s a big takeaway right there, that you don’t understand or you need to understand that they’re all intertwined together. Everything is intertwined. And each component of a business has risks and benefits. And by not acknowledging one, you’re putting another at risk. That was awesome. Go ahead. I’m sorry.

Bill McDermott: [00:20:20] I was just going to say, so in my banking career, as I was talking to business owners, I coined the term called bank speak. And what I found was happening is I was throwing out terms, working capital being one, cashflow being another, inventory turnover being another, I caught myself using terms that my clients didn’t understand.

Bill McDermott: [00:20:49] And so, I think you and I take for granted everybody knows what working capital means, Ed, but what I found is many business owners, because nobody taught them accounting in school and there’s no on-the-job training when you’re a business owner, I have to be careful to define terms that I’m using because a lot of times I use terms people don’t understand.

Ed Mysogland: [00:21:12] No, that’s a great point. And that was one of my questions is, with all of this information out there, with everything that’s all over the internet, just the vast amount of content, why do you think that business owners aren’t more versed in basic accounting?

Bill McDermott: [00:21:34] Yeah. I think everybody starts out, if you’re starting a business from scratch, it’s because you’re a great technician at whatever it is that you do. So, for example, coming out of a banking career of 30 years, I saw a lot of business owners that ran businesses, but I had never run a business myself. I was never one that had to go out and basically do everything that needed to be done for me to have a paycheck. And so, I think they’re great technicians.

Bill McDermott: [00:22:22] A CPA is a good accountant. An architect. You know, somebody like me who’s a business consultant now, thank goodness I had a lot of accounting and finance in my background. But they’re good technicians, they just haven’t learned how to become business people. And so, if you haven’t taken accounting and finance classes in school or gone to some seminar or maybe a community college to take some courses, you don’t really feel like you’re well-versed in how to manage or how to run a business. You’re a good technician. You’re just not a business person.

Ed Mysogland: [00:23:03] Yeah. And I agree with you. And one of the challenges that we bump into is just that, you’re a great technician, but you’re not a great business owner. And as a buyer of your business, I really need you to be a great business owner because that’s who I’m replacing. I’m not the technician. You know what I mean?

Bill McDermott: [00:23:25] Yeah.

Ed Mysogland: [00:23:29] One of your claims to fame is your coaching, that you’re able to coach people through complex matters. And I guess I’m curious to know how you get over the pushback of time. And as a guy with not a lot of it, I’m sitting here going, “All right. If he asked me to fix a component of my business, how do I make more time to do what you’re asking?” And you can have all the empirical evidence that it’s going to fix everything in the business or fix this part of the business. Do I have to wait until the pain is great enough? Or do you have some secret sauce to help me overcome that?

Bill McDermott: [00:24:20] Yeah. No secret sauce. But I think maybe just some common sense. Again, I think business owners tend to want to be all things to all people. They might also be very high control. It’s not going to get done well unless I do it. And so, the business owner becomes, for lack of a better term, Ed, the choke point in their own business. They’re their own worst enemy.

Bill McDermott: [00:24:57] And so, statistically, do you know how many companies break through the $1 million revenue barrier and the $10 million revenue barrier?

Ed Mysogland: [00:25:09] No. How many?

Bill McDermott: [00:25:10] Ten percent through the $1 million barrier, only three percent through the $10 million barrier of all businesses that ever start. What’s the number one reason? Delegation.

Bill McDermott: [00:25:24] And so, what I tell that business owner is, “Look, your time is valuable.” You know, I calculated an effective hourly rate for a business owner by taking the profit in their business, plus their salary. And it came out to about $150 an hour. And so, I said, “Look, any activity in your business that can be done less than $150 an hour, you need to hire somebody to do it because it will allow you to increase your hourly rate to 200, then to 250.”

Bill McDermott: [00:26:02] And so, the ability to take on those things that they’re not taking on is basically just giving those tasks to other people and allowing them to focus on more revenue generating activities versus administrative activities.

Ed Mysogland: [00:26:18] Yeah. I hear you. And I can hear the business owner going, “Yeah. Where am I going to find this person? Everybody that’s working for me is complaining that they’re overworked and underpaid. If I add another person, where am I going to find them?” And how do I – I shouldn’t say how do I. Then, it’s throw your hands up, screw it, I’ll do it myself. And that’s the default position because of the difficulty of what you’re asking.

Ed Mysogland: [00:26:58] I totally agree with you. I think the next generation of business owners, it’s about delegation and automation. I totally believe that that’s the path that we’re going toward. And those that either go from first generation to second generation or a successful third party sale, I totally believe that those buyers or that next generation, those people that have a command to delegate, whether that’s to third parties like Upwork or some of these organizations, the Gig Economy, or you can find help, personally, I think that is the long term of the successful business. I think.

Bill McDermott: [00:27:54] Yeah. So, a quick story on that. I worked with a client. Their books were an absolute mess. They were a multimillion dollar company. And they had an accountant who is moonlighting doing their books. And the financials weren’t done on time. There were errors. And the owners were spending their time going in and correcting errors. And I said, “Look, go out and find somebody who’s QuickBooks certified. They can be a CPA. They can just be an accountant. But somebody who is really, really good.”

Bill McDermott: [00:28:31] And so, I referred them to a service that I use, because you find people based on relationships. And so, they brought this accountant in. This person has straightened out their books in the span of two months. We just had the second month end close. Bank accounts reconciled. Financial statements were timely and inaccurate. And this client now has clarity in his financials where, before that, they had confusion.

Ed Mysogland: [00:29:05] Yeah. And, again, that’s back to knowing where to look for the talent. And like I said, I think most business owners are faced with the pain of making the change as opposed to the change itself. You know what I mean?

Bill McDermott: [00:29:25] Well, it’s the principle of inertia, right? A body at rest tends to stay at rest. A body in motion tends to stay in motion. You know, my business owner client was stuck accepting that moonlighting accounting person getting subpar financials. And basically just made a decision, “Okay. I’m drawing a line in the sand. I’m going to upgrade my requirements and get somebody in here to do a better job.”

Ed Mysogland: [00:29:56] And, again, to your point earlier on having good records and being able to have clarity of your cash position or your financial position, that’s an important thing. Reading your email and trying to figure out what to do next, somebody probably can do that a little bit more effective than you.

Bill McDermott: [00:30:23] Yeah. The other thing I’ll say on that topic, I’m a big believer that your balance sheet is more important than your income statement. Your income statement certainly measures your profitability, but there are three other things that you care about. You care about your liquidity, how much cash you have that’s on your balance sheet. You care about how you’re collecting your receivables and turning your inventory, that’s on your balance sheet. And you care about your leverage, how much debt you have relative to the net worth of your business. And so, three out of the four things that you track are on your balance sheet. Most business owners don’t look at that first. They look at their income statement first.

Ed Mysogland: [00:31:05] Yeah. We face that, too, when helping these business owners. There is a disconnect between the two. It’s what’s my net income. When we do value work, one of the things that we do is, this is what you’re going to put in your pocket. And that’s part of liquidating your balance sheet. And, oftentimes, that’s more than the tangible and intangible value of the company. You know, once you start liquidating current assets and retiring debt, that’s a whole nother event. Go ahead. I started to interrupt you.

Bill McDermott: [00:31:56] I was just going to say, the other thing that comes to mind, you’re mentioning, also most business owners when they’re selling their business, focus on the gross amount they’re selling. But they may not be factoring in taxes, if it’s an asset sale, as well as debt.

Ed Mysogland: [00:32:17] The highest price is not always –

Bill McDermott: [00:32:20] It’s the net.

Ed Mysogland: [00:32:21] Yeah. And we bump into that a lot, that it’s not the highest price that’s the best price. That allocation of purchase price is really, really important.

Bill McDermott: [00:32:32] It really is.

Ed Mysogland: [00:32:32] So, everything we read, it seems as though we’re heading into a recession. That there’s some level of downturn. So, granted, it was your greatest blessing that you got displaced and here you are. But how did you make that pivot? Because I think there’s going to be a lot of people that are in similar situations or are finding themselves in similar situations right now. So, how did you make that effective change into entrepreneurship? In your case, you started the business versus buying the business. So, how did you get comfortable with the risk that you were taking, I guess?

Bill McDermott: [00:33:26] Yeah. So, necessity is the mother of invention. My wife had two daughters in college. We had a mortgage to pay. And she was the preschool director at our church preschool. And that was not going to be enough to do it.

Bill McDermott: [00:33:45] So, I was financially motivated. I read a really great book. It was called The E-Myth by a guy named Michael Gerber. Michael Gerber says, establish a prototype of the business that you want to build, which in effect is, really, if you are going to franchise your business, this is what you would show a potential franchisor. So, I’m a person of faith. Part of my prayer time after I was laid off is I would say to the man upstairs, “Okay. You closed the door. Would you open a window? And by the way, would you put a little neon around it so I can see it.”

Bill McDermott: [00:34:34] But I found that business owners really struggled with financial management. I was passionate about helping them become better financial managers. Next, I found that I’m a pretty good teacher. And so, teaching these business owners how to be better financial managers was something that I was good at, and then figuring out how to monetize that.

Bill McDermott: [00:35:06] So, this is a page out of Jim Collins’s book, Good to Great. If someone’s thinking about becoming an entrepreneur themselves, what are you passionate about? What are you best in the world at? And what drives your economic engine? And where those three circles intersect is your greatness.

Bill McDermott: [00:35:28] And so, for me, passionate about making business owners better financial managers, teaching them how to run more profitable businesses with healthy cashflow, and then monetizing that as a business coach. And that’s kind of how I did it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:35:46] Yeah. Well, you know what? That whole leap of faith thing – also, I’m a red letter guy myself – I totally believe that, you know, there’s some divine intervention that goes into entrepreneurs where you’re building the kingdom. I totally believe no matter where you’re at on the spiritual spectrum, whether it’s the universe or God or whatever you want to call it, there is some level of wind behind your back to make these doors open.

Ed Mysogland: [00:36:26] I’m guilty of this, too, as far as hiring consultants. I am horrible at it. And one of the things is, you know, when should I expect a return on my investment? It’s not writing the check. It’s when am I going to get repayment for it? You know what I mean?

Bill McDermott: [00:36:49] Yeah. Great question. So, I think, in my experience, I’ve worked with quite a few professional services firms. I can think of one psychology firm, three locations, very well-established practice. This firm hired me for two years. And, essentially, what we did is we did an analysis of the business. We looked at the areas where we could really accelerate financial growth.

Bill McDermott: [00:37:33] And then, after a two year period of time, first, we focused on collections. A lot of their receivables were from insurance companies. Insurance companies are notoriously slow pay. So, we basically had them pick up their pace on collections, which put another $50,000 of cash in the bank. Then, I’m a big believer in the power of one percent. Looking at ways where we can increase revenue one percent consecutively over periods of time.

Bill McDermott: [00:38:10] So, the cumulative effect for this firm, over a two year period, we increased revenue 45 percent total, so roughly a little over 20 percent per year for ten years. The profit that was generated paid 100 percent of my consulting fees and gave the owner another 100 percent return on their spend. So, it took two years in this case.

Bill McDermott: [00:38:45] You know, I know for me, I hired a marketing firm to come in and help me with my brand messaging. I did that two years ago. This year, I’m having my best year ever in the 14 years that I’ve been in business. So, I would say, when you buy a stock, you’re interested in buying quality stocks that aren’t big gainers, because big gainers also can be big losers. But if you can earn 10 percent year over year, your money compounds every seven years, roughly. And so, I’d say slow and steady wins the race. You know, if you can get a decent return in the first year or two, I think you’ve hit a homerun.

Ed Mysogland: [00:39:36] Well, one of the things that we bump into is that everybody’s an expert now. How do you get between what’s signal and what’s noise? Like I said, and I was telling you before we started, you know, my wife’s a therapist and there is all kinds of noise in her industry of solving problems. When in fact, there’s a lot of complex trauma and different things that they have to deal with that requires specialization. So, my point is that anybody can write a blog article about profitability and this, that, and the other. But how do I find people like you that are going to give me that 10 percent return year over year over year?

Bill McDermott: [00:40:26] Yeah. I subscribe to the philosophy of people do business with people that they know and they trust. And so, I always put relationships first, Ed. I just think we were all put on this earth to figure out a way to live together and to help each other. And so, I find that relationships follow a progression. You know, first, I get to know somebody and they get to know me. Then, we like each other. Then, we try each other. Then, we trust each other. And then, we refer each other.

Bill McDermott: [00:41:03] And so, going through that relationship progression, I think it’s totally based on relationships. You sort the noise from the people that you really want to do business with based on the quality of the relationship that that’s developed.

Ed Mysogland: [00:41:20] Yeah, 100 percent. I mean, I was just looking at our deal flow and we spend so much money on external marketing. But I’ll bet 80 percent of our revenue comes from referrals, people doing business that we’ve done a good job for that have referred us. And so, I’m with you. This is how you sniff out – I don’t want to say a fraud because I don’t mean a fraud. This is how to sniff out who’s best in class versus those that probably should be on junior varsity. Anything come to mind?

Bill McDermott: [00:42:01] Yeah. So, I’m sure you’ve probably had this experience. There are a lot of people on LinkedIn that basically put relationships last. You’re their best friend. They don’t even know you. You don’t even know them. But, by golly, they have a solution to a problem that you didn’t even know you had. And we all get those emails and just messages on LinkedIn.

Bill McDermott: [00:42:35] And so, I think to kind of sniff those out, who approaches me trying to sell me something rather than getting to know me, you don’t have the right to sell me unless you know me and I know you. And so, that would be one easy way.

Bill McDermott: [00:42:57] The other thing I usually do is, when I’m going through and looking at my LinkedIn feed, if there are people that are really making some really solid comments or suggestions in a LinkedIn exchange, I kind of determine, “Hey, I’d like to know more about that person just based on some of the insights they’re sharing.”

Ed Mysogland: [00:43:23] Yeah, I agree. I mean, providing some meaningful comments versus just broadcast stuff. I get it. So, I know we’re pushing on time, so if you have a couple more minutes, I got a couple questions.

Bill McDermott: [00:43:41] Yeah. Absolutely.

Ed Mysogland: [00:43:41] All right. So, I know you do some exit planning work. And so, I wanted to focus a little bit about, you know, are you seeing business owners that are coming prepared to sell or are they playing catch up and you’re trying to fix things before they go to market?

Bill McDermott: [00:44:03] Definitely the latter. As I said earlier, that business owner is so busy working in the business, they’re not working on the business. All of a sudden, a business owner maybe that has run a business for 20 years, he or she finds themselves, “Gosh. I’m 60, 61, 62. I’m not going to be doing this a whole lot longer. And, by golly, I have done nothing to build the value of my business.” So, the default is the business owners that I run into have done little to no planning.

Bill McDermott: [00:44:47] And the other concept that you and I probably both deal with is that business owner that has not created transferable value in their business and how they do that is a way that you can truly try value but very little to no planning.

Ed Mysogland: [00:45:12] And that’s what’s heartbreaking is because either – I don’t want to say tragedy, but circumstances, life circumstances come bumping into them and now they’re forced into a decision on how to make this illiquid asset liquid. And, boy, that is a heartbreaking situation. Like I said, it’s not necessarily that you can’t transfer the business, but the problem is it’s not going to transfer for what you want. And so, that creates a lot of the challenges that at least we see.

Ed Mysogland: [00:45:51] I wanted to ask you, you know, what makes exit planning effective? I mean, granted, if you have a lot of runway, that’s an easy layup. There’s all kinds of things you could do. But the people that are hearing this going, “Man, I really want to sell my company. I haven’t done anything.” So, as the profitability coach, is there anything that you can suggest that would lead me to a better than average exit?

Bill McDermott: [00:46:34] Yeah. So, I’m going to try to answer that question and try to tell a story at the same time. So, we’ve all sold houses. And when we sell a house, we get it ready for sale. Usually, a fresh coat of paint, maybe some new carpet. What sells houses from what I’ve been told are bathrooms and kitchens, and so you want to be sure that you’ve got everything updated. Generally, you’re not going to try to sell your house yourself or you shouldn’t, because what you think it’s worth and what that appraiser for that mortgage lender thinks it’s worth or the buyer, you always want to have someone between you.

Bill McDermott: [00:47:26] So, selling a business, sprucing things up is really creating a management team that can successfully run the business and transfer the value to that team. I found having that management team, being sure they’re compensated in a way that they’re not going to walk out the day the business gets sold, so you need to have some kind of arrangement where there’s what I call a stay pay.

Bill McDermott: [00:47:58] Frankly, financial statements need to be reliable. Preferably audited, but at least reviewed by an independent CPA, so that you have financials that have been verified by an independent third party. Just like when you get your house appraised, it’s by an independent third party.

Bill McDermott: [00:48:21] I think it’s ideal to have a business growth plan that you can hand that potential buyer to show how the business can be grown. And I think it’s also important to have documented processes so that that business owner knows how you make money, how you have a repeatable sales process, a repeatable operations or delivery process, and then an accounting and finance process.

Bill McDermott: [00:48:55] So, mostly, I’m looking for management with stay pay, reliable financial statements, and documented processes. I’m sure there are some other equally important things. But I’m certain those are the main ones.

Ed Mysogland: [00:49:10] Yeah. And I’m going to ask you even a harder question. Out of those, which ones most important? Right. I know. You’re welcome.

Bill McDermott: [00:49:23] Businesses are run by people. Real estate is location, location, location. I’m going to say companies are management, management, management. So, I’m saying having the management team is important.

Ed Mysogland: [00:49:41] Okay. I got it. You know, in your analogy of selling a house, you know, its bathrooms and kitchens. And there’s empirical data that says, you know, if you fix up your kitchen and your bathroom, your house will sell or you’ll get X number of dollars back. Unfortunately, to my knowledge, I don’t think there’s anything like that in business, that if you replace your antiquated lades, you’re going to get your money back. I don’t think that’s going to happen.

Bill McDermott: [00:50:20] I’m in agreement. You know, when a buyer buys a business, they’re looking towards buying that business and the income stream that comes with it. But they’re entitled to a return on their investment. And at the end of the day, they have a return that they want to earn based on the amount of the business that they’re paying.

Bill McDermott: [00:50:44] And pure and simple, when we invest in stocks, we’re looking for a rate of return. When we’re investing in a closely held business, we’re looking for the same thing. And, potentially, we’re looking for an even higher return because we want to get compensated for the risk of buying that business as well.

Ed Mysogland: [00:51:06] Yeah. We say the same thing. Not only are you looking for a return on your investment, you’re looking at return of your investment. So, it’s two components. All right.

Ed Mysogland: [00:51:19] So, I finish every one of my interviews with the same question. So, if there is one piece of advice, just one – you know, they spent a-half-hour with you and me – what would that piece of advice be that would have the most immediate impact on their business? You’ve got one good nugget?

Bill McDermott: [00:51:41] I love that question. So, I think what I would say is, where are the one percent improvements that you can make in your sales process, in your cost of goods or cost of services process, if you’re a service business, your delivery process and then your billing and payment process? We’ve already talked about a one percent increase in your top line in sales. What’s the cumulative effect of those one percents? What if I can buy my materials or labor better and reduce my costs that way? What if I can reduce overhead one percent? What if I can collect my receivables one day faster or turn my inventory one day faster?

Bill McDermott: [00:52:42] The cumulative effect of all of those would be huge. And the way that you’re doing that is you’re shortening either the cycle times, you’re eliminating your mistakes, or you’re improving your business model in each of those three aspects of your business. Doing that, I think you’re well on your way to really having a game changer of a company.

Ed Mysogland: [00:53:09] I agree. So, where can people find you? And do you do work throughout the country?

Bill McDermott: [00:53:17] I do. I do.

Ed Mysogland: [00:53:19] Oh, good. All right. Okay.

Bill McDermott: [00:53:20] I have clients in Seattle, Texas, all over the Midwest, up and down the East Coast. So, where there’s technology, I can play.

Ed Mysogland: [00:53:32] You’re based in Georgia, right?

Bill McDermott: [00:53:35] I’m based in Atlanta, Georgia, yes. My website is www.theprofitabilitycoach.net. You can also find me on LinkedIn, my profile is Bill J. McDermott. I am on Instagram as The Profitability Coach. And you can also find my phone number and email contacts either on my LinkedIn profile or on my website as well. But my email, for anyone that’s listening, is bill@theprofitabilitycoach.net.

Ed Mysogland: [00:54:13] Well, we will have all your contact information in the show notes. So, if you didn’t catch it, I can assure you we will have it readily available for you. So, Bill, you know what? This absolutely was everything I’d hoped for. So, I’m so grateful for all the time. I know you and me, we start talking about time and the value of it. And I so appreciate you going over with me a little bit. And I’m certain everyone will have gained a lot from this, from our time together. So, thanks again.

Bill McDermott: [00:54:54] You made it easy for me. You asked some great questions. It was a pleasure to be on the show. Thank you for inviting me.

Ed Mysogland: [00:55:02] All right. Well, I’m going to cut us off. And once again, I appreciate you being with us.

Bill McDermott: [00:55:08] Very good. Thanks again.

Outro: [00:55:12] Thank you for joining us today on the How to Sell Your Business Podcast. If you want more episodes packed with strategies to help sell your business for the maximum value, visit howtosellabusinesspodcast.com for tips and best practices to make your exit life changing. Better yet, subscribe now so you never miss future episodes. This program is copyrighted by Myso, Inc. All rights reserved.

 

Tagged With: Bill McDermott, Business Owners, business value, Ed Msyogland, exit planning, How to Sell a Business, How to Sell a Business Podcast, maximum value, P&L, profitability, ProfitSense, ProfitSense with Bill McDermott, selling a business, The Profitability Coach, valuation

Dan Fisher With Bottle Rocket Media

December 21, 2022 by Jacob Lapera

Chicago Business Radio
Chicago Business Radio
Dan Fisher With Bottle Rocket Media
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Firmspace-sponsor-bannerDan FisherAs a Principal and a Director at Bottle Rocket Media, Dan Fisher is excited to be able to combine his years of experience as an Editor, Producer, Director, and Photographer to create content across many platforms.

Connect with Dan on LinkedIn and follow Bottle Rocket Media on Facebook.

What You’ll Learn In This Episode

  • Business lessons learned over the last 10 years
  • Smart risks as a business owner
  • About Bottle Rocket Media Rocket Sauce
  • Favorite shoots over the years and why
  • The importance of video in current times

This transcript is machine transcribed by Sonix

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:03] Broadcasting live from the business radio studio in Chicago, Illinois. It’s time for Chicago Business Radio, brought to you by firm space, your private sanctuary for productivity and growth. To learn more, go to firm Space.com. Now, here’s your host.

Max Kantor: [00:00:21] Hey, everybody, and welcome to another episode of Chicago Business Radio. I’m your host, Max Kanter. And before we get started, as always, today’s show is sponsored by firm Space. And thanks to firm space, because without them, we couldn’t be sharing these important stories. And we’ve got a good one for you today. On today’s show, we have the principal and director of Bottle Rocket Media. So please welcome to the show, Dan Fisher. Welcome to the show, Dan.

Dan Fisher: [00:00:45] Thanks for having me.

Max Kantor: [00:00:46] Me. Let’s jump right in. Tell me a little bit about bottle Rocket media.

Dan Fisher: [00:00:52] Well, Bottle Rocket Media is a company that my partner, Brett Sager and I, we started 11 years ago. We’re a video production company that work in the advertising and marketing space and internal communications, which is basically to say we do everything but feature films.

Max Kantor: [00:01:11] Gotcha. How did you guys get into that industry?

Dan Fisher: [00:01:14] So I’ve been in this business forever prior to prior to starting this business. Brett and I, we both met, we were working on the Oprah Winfrey Show, and when the show ended, we were looking for what’s next, and we decided to take matters into our own hands and just start this company to bring broadcast quality work to the private sector.

Max Kantor: [00:01:36] And what year was Bottle Rocket Media founded?

Dan Fisher: [00:01:40] 2011.

Max Kantor: [00:01:41] Wow. Okay. So you guys are like ten years old. So over these ten years, like, what are some lessons that you’ve learned? Because I’m sure along the way things have gone smoothly, Things have gone poorly, you know, what have you learned over this decade plus of experience you now have?

Dan Fisher: [00:01:56] Yeah. You know what? What’s interesting is that for me, this is a this is my second or third iteration of my career. And so starting a business later in life has sort of given me perspective that I might not have had otherwise. Whereas colleagues and friends of mine who start a business younger, you know, they just grinded it out from the very beginning because they learned kind of, you know, learned on the streets for us. You know, we had a little bit of perspective and we knew from the beginning we wanted to create create a community where where the work life balance was good, where the work was quality. And the clients that we work with were of a certain standard. I’d say for me, there’s a few things that come to mind. One is be honest, no matter how uncomfortable it might be, is important these days. I learned through through a couple of relationships that when when you’re not honest up front, it’s just kind of festers and then things become challenging later on. I’ve I’d say another one that comes to mind is there’s no substitute for just doing the work. It’s hard work to to start and run a business. And there’s only so much that you can farm out and have other people do. And, and to really understand what’s what’s going on under the hood, you got to get your hands dirty and take risks, which is a common trope that people say all the time. But it’s true. You have to you have to push yourself to take risks in order to in order for the company to grow, in order for business to move forward.

Max Kantor: [00:03:36] So what does a client have to think for them to go, You know what? I could use bottle rocket media right now. What’s going through their mind?

Dan Fisher: [00:03:45] Well, today, today it’s easy. It’s an easy sell because video is ubiquitous. Everybody needs it everywhere all the time. You kind of can’t get away from it. So I would say that if you have if you have any sort of communications that you want to get out there to more than a handful of people. Video is what my clients are using. I have, like I said, I have internal clients on the larger side that need to communicate with thousands of employees at once. There’s no better way to do that than with video. I have product based clients that need to show off their products to millions of customers. Potentially. There’s no better way than that. There’s no better way to do that than with video. And I have educational clients that are trying to teach people how to. Well, it depends depends a lesson about how to teach people. And there’s no there’s no better way than than video. I mean, personally, I’m a fan of of reading in the written word, but I acknowledge that in order to communicate with with large groups of people. Communicate your message. Communicate who you are. There’s no better way to do that than with video. So kind of anybody that’s in business or marketing that wants to communicate wants to do something with video.

Max Kantor: [00:05:12] So what does a client need when they come to you? Can they come to you with just a concept for a video? Can they come to you with absolutely nothing and you’ll help them build it out? What do they need?

Dan Fisher: [00:05:23] Yeah. So basically. Basically a client can come to us with anything they need with. I’m sorry. Basically, a client can come to us with a fully baked idea or or just a notion that they need a video. We we pride ourselves in being able to step into the process at any at any part of the at any part of it. So. So we have a lot of agency clients and of course, advertising agencies and marketing agencies often typically come with the idea already baked and ready to go. And we have a lot of client direct clients that know they need a video, they want they have a message, but they don’t have the ability to translate that into a creative idea. So at Bottle Rocket Media, we are writers, directors, editors, producers, motion designers, and so we have all these creative people at our disposal, and we build a team to fit the client’s needs.

Max Kantor: [00:06:27] Now, you’ve been doing it for so long. You’ve gone through so many experiences. Do you have a favorite shoot over the years, one that sticks out to you for being maybe unique or fun?

Dan Fisher: [00:06:40] Yes, and not really. There’s just so many. Let me think what comes to mind. So we we we’ve done a lot of work over the years with American Girl. I really enjoy I really enjoy working with them because I like the organization. But also Kid Energy on set is a lot of fun. We did a shoot a handful of years ago that was maybe a dozen kids on a stage dancing with a choreographer. That was a lot of fun for me. The energy was just incredible. The kids were having so much fun. The client was was was really enjoying the results. So that was one. But then we’re in the middle of a project now. We’re working on a series of videos for a client that revolve around conflict resolution. So it’s the almost the opposite. It’s docu style, it’s super serious and educational, it’s super engaging material. And that will definitely be one of my favorite one of my favorite shoots, because the conversations that were had were just enlightening for sure.

Max Kantor: [00:07:55] And I can imagine, you know, doing that wide range of content at Bottle Rocket Media, it just keeps you on your toes. You know, you’re learning every day dealing with different subject matters and how to make it look its absolute best.

Dan Fisher: [00:08:10] Yeah. I mean, I think one of the things that Brett and I did really well was we’ve assembled a talented team of people that have overlapping skills but also individual talents. And so I have, you know, in the design space, if I have a great three D person, I have a great two D person in the in the directing space. I’m I’m a documentary person. But, but Brett and and other other people we work with Mark are might do more scripted work so we’re able to sort of stay stay versatile because people bring different different skills and different talents to the party and we find a way to engage those as opposed to putting our content in a certain box and only doing that thing.

Max Kantor: [00:09:01] Now, I was on your website to learn more about you guys and what you do, and I saw this phrase the bottle Rocket Media rocket sauce. Can you talk a little bit about that?

Dan Fisher: [00:09:15] Yeah, I mean. To me, the the rocket source is something that’s individual to each of the team members, which is what makes it kind of like a secret sauce, I think. You know, Dave, our lead editor, would would look at it very differently than than I might on any given day. For me, the sauce is transparency, both with my clients and with my team members. Authenticity. And mostly, I think it’s this desire to listen and learn from others.

Max Kantor: [00:09:58] Hmm. That’s awesome. I mean, I was reading it and I was like, This is such a fun phrase. And I think it after hearing you explain it, I think it perfectly describes what you guys are going for. And I love how you keep going back to the team, because at the end of the day, especially with what you’re doing with film shoots, the team is so critical and it sounds like you put together the perfect one.

Dan Fisher: [00:10:19] Yeah, I love my team. You know, our philosophy, Bret’s and my philosophy has always been, let’s find smart, talented, creative people. Put them in a room together and get out of their way. And it took us a while to do it since the company started with him and I and a camera. So it took us a while to hit our stride, to get our vision. But now that we’re there, I mean, we work with you know, there’s just under 15 of us at Bottle Rocket Media and probably another ten regular freelancers that are that are with us every week. And then when when we have crews, our crews sizes could be anywhere from three people, a small documentary project to 20 people and above. If it’s more of a commercial shoot. And, you know, it’s just really important to find what what makes people passionate and let them thrive in that space and everybody wins. The creative is better, the content is better, the experience is better. And it’s really how we how we approach every project.

Max Kantor: [00:11:30] Now, this next question is a question I ask every guest that comes on Chicago Business Radio, and you’ve touched on it a little, and I kind of have a feeling of what you’re going to say, but I still want to know for you, Dan, what is the most rewarding part of what you do at Bottle Rocket Media?

Dan Fisher: [00:11:50] Thank you for asking that. It is the impossible question, and I have what I think is a reasonable answer. The. I started this company to make videos and support my family, of course. And so the most rewarding part was the creative process going through, going through an idea with a client, figuring out what it’s going to look like. Maybe it’s a shoot, maybe it’s an edit only project. Maybe it’s all graphics and watching it come to fruition and seeing the joy on their faces when when it looks, feels and communicates what they want. I still love that. Of course. That’s what we do every day. That’s our product. That’s our service. But I think things have shifted for me personally in the last couple of years. The pandemic has, of course, given us a lot of time to think and rethink and overthink how we do business and the way we do business. And I think for me, the shift has come in the area of building the team where it’s no longer about making the video. For me, it’s about assembling a great team that makes the video. I really enjoy working with other people and so I think for me, the greatest joy I have is when my team is thriving.

Max Kantor: [00:13:18] I love that. And Dan, if people want to learn more about Bottle Rocket media or maybe we have someone listening that wants to utilize what you guys do and, you know, pay for your services as a video company, how can they learn more about you guys?

Dan Fisher: [00:13:35] Well, probably the best place to go is Bottle Rocket Media, dot net. That’s our website. And we’re all over social like everybody else. So on Instagram, we are Bottle Rocket three, one two. On Facebook, I think it’s just bottle Rocket media. And we’re on LinkedIn, of course, and I’m all over the place in all those places as well. So but certainly if you want if you want to get the full experience, the website is the best place to go. We have we have a great team that. We have a great sales team that on boards and takes care of everybody and makes sure that the process is seamless.

Max Kantor: [00:14:18] Awesome. Well, Dan, thank you so much for being on Chicago Business Radio. It was great talking to you. And you guys are really doing some really great work, so we appreciate all that you’re doing.

Dan Fisher: [00:14:27] Hey, thanks. Thanks a lot. Thanks for having me.

Max Kantor: [00:14:29] And thank you to listening for another episode of Chicago Business Radio. I’m your host, Max Kanter, and we’ll see you next time.

Intro: [00:14:38] This episode of Chicago Business Radio has been brought to you by firm space, your private sanctuary for productivity and growth. To learn more, go to firm Space.com.

Tagged With: Bottle Rocket Media, Dan Fisher

Dr. Phillip Hearn with Mid American Capital Holding

December 21, 2022 by angishields

Dr-Phillip-Hearn-Mid-American-Capital-Holding
Buy a Business Near Me
Dr. Phillip Hearn with Mid American Capital Holding
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Dr-Phillip-Hearn-Mid-American-Capital-HoldingDr. Phillip Hearn Ed.D. is a results-driven Senior Executive, Consultant, and Board Member with more than 15 years of success in the telecom, construction, professional services, and farming industries.

Leveraging extensive experience with expansion, and financing, Phillip is a valuable asset for companies, particularly in real estate, seeking guidance on growth opportunities and process improvement. His broad areas of expertise include research and learning, networking, account management, talent management, and customer service.

Currently Phillip is Managing Member for Family Business Properties, Lafayette Consulting LLC, Mid American Business Brokers LLC , and most recently Capital Investments USA LLC. His newest endeavor is a real estate-based LLC that focuses on investments, mortgage notes and real estate transactions. Capital Investments USA LLC, established in 2018, was spawned from the success of Family Business Properties, that Phillip has steadily grown to 7 figures over the last 14 years.

At Family Business Properties, Phillip facilitates construction project and supply management, project consulting, heavy equipment rental management, full commercial and residential renovations, enabling his clients to strategically grow their businesses, utilizing lean practices. Lafayette Consulting LLC has been operational since 2014. Phillip provides his clients with an array of services, spanning Telecom project management, bank financing, personal credit coaching, fiscal capital utilization and professional development training.

Phillip also leads new client development, public relations, marketing, and coordinates group travel for business entities. His role focuses on working with clients to find value adds and value engineered solutions to help complete projects on time and on budget.

Throughout his executive career, Phillip has held leadership positions with Good Life Growing LLC; CenturyLink; Verizon Wireless, and T-Mobile USA. Previously, as Managing Member of Good Life, Phillip formulated and implemented company policy; directed strategy towards the profitable growth and operation of the company; developed strategic operating plans reflecting the longer-term objectives and priorities.

He put in place adequate operational planning and financial control systems; ensured the operating objectives and standards of performance; maintained the operational performance of the company; represented the company to major customers and professional associations; built and maintained an effective executive team. During his prior tenure, as Global Account Manager for CenturyLink, Phillip led all prospecting and sales-related activities within an assigned territory; grew revenue and new bookings; utilized professional networks, relationships within customers, and other industry forums to create new opportunities/prospects.

Phillip built insightful and influential champions and coaches within accounts to help identify and qualify opportunities; he oversaw the customer’s decision process and created a closing process to ensure deal closure in a complex environment.

Phillip has obtained an Ed.D. from Capella University and holds an Executive Masters in Health Administration (EMHA) from Saint Louis University; an MA in Marketing and a BA in Media Communication, both from Webster University, and Lean Six Sigma (Black Belt) from Villanova University. He has served as a Board Member for the National Sales Network St. Louis Chapter and Ready Readers, for which he has also served as the Governance Department Chair and President of the Board.

Connect with Phillip on LinkedIn.

This transcript is machine transcribed by Sonix

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:07] Broadcasting live from the Business RadioX studios in Atlanta, Georgia. It’s time for Buy a Business Near Me, brought to you by the Business Radio X Ambassador program, helping business brokers sell more local businesses. Now, here’s your host.

Stone Payton: [00:00:32] Welcome to another exciting and informative edition of Buy a Business Near Me Stone Payton here with you this afternoon. Please join me in welcoming to the broadcast with Mid-American Capital Holdings, Dr. Phillip Hearn. Good afternoon, sir.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:00:49] Good afternoon, Stone. How are you?

Stone Payton: [00:00:51] I am doing well, man, and really been looking forward to this conversation. I think maybe a great place to start is if you could share for me and the benefit of our listeners mission purpose. What are you and your team really out there trying to do for folks, man?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:01:09] Absolutely. So first, thanks for for having me on. I’ve been looking forward to this as well. So this would be great. So the genesis of Mid-American Capital Holdings is that we are working and trying to focus on experience to kind of give a mainstream feel to quote unquote the private equity experience. So that’s everything from focusing on companies that we’re looking at purchasing, also working with folks who are new to potentially purchasing companies or maybe even have experience, but want to start to expedite that process. So with our experience, my team and I have had over 45 years of business ownership experience, and then we have a expanding network of contacts, lead generation, the whole nine yards that allows us to go into that process and try to find a streamline. Because one thing that I hear about, no matter how seasoned or how new a business acquirer is, is trying to really streamline processes so you can’t get it right usually 100% of the time. But you can definitely work towards a method that is closer to perfection than chaos.

Stone Payton: [00:02:21] That sounds important. So what’s the backstory, man? How did you find yourself in this line of work?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:02:27] So like most of my good stories, it’s kind of an accident, actually. So I actually started my first business. It will be 17, 16 years ago next month. I started my own procurement management company, so I’ve been used to starting businesses from scratch. I also have a background working in corporate America. I’ve done enough education pride to kill a horse. Right. So undergrad to master’s and a doctorate. But this is fun for me because it’s basically problem solving. And so as opposed to starting from complete scratch, which I’ve done with using most of my businesses early in my career to starting to buy smaller acquisitions and then growing into that particular space. It’s fun because you’re able to solve your use, your skill set to solve problems or challenges as you’re looking at those new businesses for acquisition and looking at even those opportunities where you see, Hey, I can play this role, I’m actually much more skillful than maybe sometimes you give yourself credit for to dive into that role of a C level or assembling teams or understanding what’s actually happening in that business and how to make it better. So I started with an accident with starting my own business, and it’s the closest thing I could find to playing sports. I’m a little older now, so trying to move around, playing certain sports is not quite the same as when I was 16, 17 and 18. So.

Stone Payton: [00:03:51] So now that you’ve been at this a while, what is the the most rewarding for you mean, what do you what do you enjoy the most?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:04:00] You know, the two parts that I enjoy the most are the journey and the people. Everything is a people business. And I think if we’ve learned nothing else with everything that we went through with the pandemic, we’re now more connected than we ever have been, I think not only within the country, but but globally, truthfully. So dealing with people is kind of that tried and true piece of it. But it’s the journey. I mean, not every day is going to be perfect, nor do I expect it to be, but it’s a lot of fun. Even my worst days, quote unquote, in this type of business are better than some of the days I spent in different corporate settings. Right? I kind of look at it like I control my own destiny. I’m surrounded with fantastic people and I get to do something that is a becoming more of a passion project than even just work. So I would say the people in the journey are the two favorites for me as I as I work through this stuff on a daily basis.

Stone Payton: [00:04:51] Have you had the benefit of one or more mentors, particularly as you sort of embarked on on this fork of the path to kind of help you navigate this, this new terrain?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:05:03] Great question. I’ve had mentors help with what I think is my mindset as I’ve navigated this. But I feel like with all the the trainings that I took in and trying to read up about it, I felt like I was going back to a master’s or a doctorate program. So part of my background is I’m not an MBA student or anything like that from your Harvards or your Wharton’s or your Stanford’s. My undergrad was Media communication. I originally wanted to be a sports broadcaster, so this is fun to be back and kind of a radio podcast scenario, right? I’m having flashbacks, which is fantastic. Undergrad, my first master’s was in marketing, second was in health administration, and then my doctorate is in education with an emphasis in leadership and management. So I’ve taken maybe a circuitous route to it. But at the same time, I think my past experience is there’s a ton of transferable experiences have helped me kind of get to this point. So mentors in my other facets of life, I think have helped me with the mindset of how we we attack and how we go about doing our business on a daily basis.

Stone Payton: [00:06:10] So, yeah, let’s talk about the work a little bit. Particularly I’m interested in sort of the the early part of the engagement cycle, if that’s the right. I’m kind of from the consulting world, so but the early on I would think that there’s quite a bit of information exchange and just kind of getting to know each other and speak to that that process a little bit if you could.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:06:33] So I’ll give you two parts of that and I think you’re dead on with having that consulting background. So kudos to you. The early part of the engagement, any time you’re actually getting deeper into the deal. So let’s go all the way back to the beginning. The earliest part of the engagement is really just lead generation and understanding the data and the lead flow that you’re you’re trying to figure out. So what’s your criteria? Right? So we’re lucky to have some different experiences within my my leadership team on our end. So we kind of look a little wider in terms of the criteria piece. So when I say criteria, are you looking for deals that are cash flow or ibotta? How much are you looking for a specific purchase price? Are you looking for a specific vertical or industry? So that kind of starts the baseline and helps that search as you do your legion work, whether it’s email campaigns, direct mail campaigns, the whole nine yards, you’re really trying to understand that. So once you get a potential interested seller, let’s say, so we’re going to look at this on the buyer side. Then you start to dig into it’s a getting to know you stage, right? It’s kind of like dating stone.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:07:36] If you’re early in the relationship, you’re everybody’s on their usually their best behavior. Right. But you’re trying to really understand what’s across the table from your what’s across the coffee shop from me or wherever your first date may lead. So you’re trying to get an understanding of what the business is. Right. Tell me more about the seller. Tell me, how did you get here? So very much like you did with me today, which is great. Let me understand why you’re looking at potentially selling. So all of the why type questions. What I’ve learned in this business is that you revert back to being a five year old, which is you ask a lot of why questions, right? Why are you looking to do this? Why is this the case? Why are you looking to retire and move on from this business? We hear that quite a bit lately. So you’re really just trying to get an understanding of the story. Why is this taking place? Why is this owner or this seller at that particular point? And then what are they looking to accomplish with the sale? So I think if you start there in the early stages, that starts a good baseline for the conversation.

Stone Payton: [00:08:34] I got to believe you must run into people on both sides of the equation. You must run into some myths or some preconceived notions, some misconceptions, just things that people think they know about the process and the arena that is just, you know, not not the way it is. Is that accurate?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:08:55] That would be very accurate. Yeah. You said it better than I probably could. So yes.

Stone Payton: [00:09:01] Like, what are the what are some of the things they get confused about? Are they just they don’t they just they’ve got it wrong.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:09:09] So I’ll give you one from each side as a buyer. Don’t think that the seller is necessarily trying to trick you. So one of the myths is, and you see this a lot in any size deal, but you see this a lot where you you take the information, you’re trying to understand the data. Right. So let’s say now you’re deeper into the process. You’ve written your letter of intent or your LOI. You have gone into the due diligence phases, so you’re working with your teams. So we’ve got a great, for instance, commercial fiscal, as well as legal team that helps us with those due diligence. And so as you’re finding information, you can take one or two tacks. I personally like to take the tack of, Hey, maybe this is something depending on the skill set and the experience of the seller that they maybe have never run into before. A lot of people will go, Well, wait, they’re trying to trick me. That means we need to just recast this deal. You start to throw the baby out with the bathwater when you do that right automatically. So being able to listen to the information or get the information, come back with salient questions. But nine times out of ten buyers, the seller is possibly not trying to trick you. You just may have to ask an additional set of questions to understand where they’re coming from. For the sellers themselves, it’s being realistic with the process. So the process is going to be chaotic, right? And you can preplan. So I’m a bit of a planner.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:10:36] My friends would maybe call it something different, but we’re going to say the nice planning, we’re going to use planning as our baseline. So I like to have my checklist as a buyer or a seller, right? I want to have my checklist. I want to see how much of this stuff is applicable. Well, in some cases we’re dealing with sellers or you’re you yourself as a seller are maybe not experienced in selling your company. Maybe this is the first company you’ve ever had and this will be the last sale. So being understanding of maybe what’s being asked of you by the buyer is going to help matters because there’s there’s an honest fear, right the first time we do anything and I’m sure Stone you could tell us the same thing the first time we do anything, there’s going to be a little bit of fear, right? You call those guts, nerves, whatever. But there’s going to be a little bit of internal fear. So what you’re trying to do is find those ways to keep going forward while you know you’re walking a little bit in fear. Sometimes sellers are in that book. So Sellers understanding that it’s okay if you don’t know everything, hopefully you either have a trusted broker, a trusted intermediary, or you do your research to understand what you have in terms of the value and what you’re going out to do when it comes to the sales process. So a little bit for the buyer and seller in that particular book.

Stone Payton: [00:11:50] So on the on the seller side, there is helping that person go to market with their business and so often their baby. But how does the whole sales and marketing thing work for for you, for your practice? How do you attract the new clients?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:12:07] Great question. So we I would say if we narrow it down to three major sections, if you will. So we create email marketing campaigns. Those are kind of that constant drip, right? So that gives us an opportunity to reach out to sellers, for instance, ones we know that are interested in selling, potentially ones that may not know they’re interested in selling, but they’re at least interested in hearing more. Right? So again, facilitating those conversations, I would love Stone to lie to your viewers and say, Oh, this happens overnight, right? Definitely does not. So some of that lead gen can take a little bit of time, right? So second, then you have your mail campaigns. So we like that too, because there might be some folks that go great. I have an email address almost because I have to. It’s important for me to get a piece of mail. I want to see it. I want to be able to call you. So mail and phone calls, it’s kind of our second direct bucket. Third, which sometimes can be the most fun and sometimes can be the most adventurous, would be through our leads and our our network, Right. So within our having leads or direct contact, someone saying, Hey, I hear you’re trying to buy a business. I’ve got someone that I hear is wanting to sell a business. Those direct connections are always beautiful. And again, every once in a while you can you can kind of choose your own adventure and kind of go down some rabbit holes based on what that seller is looking for. But it’s always great to know that people in your network are thinking about you to the point of you’ve told them exactly what you’re looking to do. Hey, we’re looking to purchase businesses. We kind of give them a criteria piece and then when they see it, they think of us before going elsewhere. So that’s always a plus when we get our network to do that. So I would say email campaigns, mail and phone call base campaigns, and then those beautiful word of mouth leads from your network.

Stone Payton: [00:13:54] Yeah. So let’s get a little bit tactical, if we could for a moment. And specifically, one of the things I wanted to ask you about was timeline and timing, because I I’m beginning to learn candidly from from hosting this series that it’s it takes a little longer than I would have anticipated. So so like, for instance, for example, you know, I own 40% of a pretty successful media company. If Lee and I felt like we wanted to achieve some sort of exit, I mean, this is not something that we start talking about in December and get done in. Q one probably, right?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:14:33] Probably not. Yes. And unless you guys have all of your ducks already in a row, and if you’re a business owner like I am, that’s sometimes is not the case. So that’s okay.

Stone Payton: [00:14:44] But but you’ve got to there’s the ducks in a row, there’s the valuation, and then there’s just sometimes it takes a little while to get there, get it on the market properly and find the right buyer. Candidate. Yeah.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:14:57] Yeah. So you just basically work through a process that could go, let’s be hopeful and say as short as 4 to 6 months, you could be looking at a year process. It’s I’ll give you maybe a quick correlation. It’s kind of like selling your house, but on steroids in the sense of, you know, what it may take to to get your house updated. Of course, there’s right times of season. Everybody always says spring, for instance. Right. But if you know, your market maybe is a little different than others. So there’s some intrinsic information that you have to understand. So I’ll give you a quick case in point. What I mean, part of this process, when you start to look at when you’re setting up the asking price, right, so you’re the seller and you say, hey, everybody always tells you, hey, I want $10 million and hand me $10 Million in cash as an example. I’ll leave tomorrow. Well, of course you would, because it’s $10 million in cash. But really trying to get to those valuation pieces. It’s interesting based on the time of year. So case in point, we’re now getting to the year end for 2022. So you’re going to have potentially pals, balance sheets, those types of things. So it becomes a little less of a projection than if you’re talking about this in April, May, June, July, Right. Or September. We’re still kind of on that projection schedule. But depending on how fast you file your taxes, like we look at tax returns as kind of the helpful portion. So when we talk to any of our investors, we can say, hey, we’ve seen a tax return, which kind of becomes the gospel, if you will, right? Chances are most people are not going to purposely lie on their tax return to to hurt themselves.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:16:35] Right. So that B kind of becomes an ironclad piece. And so if you are just after that long projection window from, let’s say, April to September, October, and now you’re in this window where we are now into December to moving forward into tax season, how long is it going to take for your taxes? Right. So you can say, hey, we had the greatest year on record. Well, cool. Do you have your tax return? We’ll know. So there’s times of the year, right, that like kind of everything happens. And I also tell people this very quickly, think about real estate. You can get an appraisal in four different points in a year and depending on what the external environment dictates, that appraisal, maybe not 30 40% difference, but could be 5 to 10% difference as we’ve seen with the interest rate rise. Right. Same thing with your business depending on the time that you have everything together. Going out to market may be a little bit different. On what is a realistic asking price, meaning it will sell. Not saying you’ve got to give away the form, but it will sell at a quicker rate if everything else is in place versus something that sits on the market for longer. So little things to think about like that in the overarching process of either buying or selling a business.

Stone Payton: [00:17:43] Well, I’m glad I asked just to keep talking about me for a minute. It’s my favorite topic. I love it. But now I was thinking about me and Lee, like, let’s say we you know, I represented our company as pretty successful. Well, that’s you probably can’t put that on the on the contract so.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:18:02] Well that actually be what part of be a goodwill right so see.

Stone Payton: [00:18:05] There you go. So we come to you and we think we got something around 10 million for example, since you use those numbers and then we get to talking and you know, you do your magic and you know, really realistically it’s it’s worth seven. But with your background and experience, if we come to you early enough, you can probably say, But you know what, guys, if you want to get it to where you where it really will be worth 10 million, here’s some things you can do over the next couple of years, right? I mean, you can you can help with some strategy and help us sort of think about things so that we are going to get the most for it. I’m thinking. Yeah.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:18:41] Absolutely. And and I think that’s a very key component. So I’m glad you talked about you. So it’s worked out great. So this is a this we see this quite a bit, so let’s use that as the example. You think the business you and your partner think the business is worth $10 million and the current let’s let’s say fair market value, right, is $7 Million. But there are definitely ways and we do this quite a bit with some of our our contacts where we advise or consult on how to grow that company to a specific point or how can we help you grow to that point. There’s also strategic ways to structure the deal, right? So maybe we give you a chunk of that what you think is 10 million. We think it’s seven. But let’s try to figure out the gap of how do we fill in that gap from 7 to 10 million. That could be anything from earnout. So that could be anything from incentives, seller finance, There can be some ways to work it. So those are definitely sweeteners in the deal that allow. We like to work with business owners who, number one, are willing participants. So if we’re having this discussion and we’re talking to you and we’re saying, hey, the fair market value in terms of just straight cash or based on that kind of EBIT and multiple, everybody uses EBIT, right? So even the multiple here’s how we got to it.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:19:59] Here’s what your fair market multiple is. Now we’ve got we’ve got a gap of $3 million. Some people could say, all right, you know what, I’m just going to walk away. We try to look at it and say, are you willing to be strategic to get to that 10 million? Maybe we can actually put more in your pocket depending on what we structure. So I think structure of the deal and negotiation skills is one of the main core components, I would say, of positively keeping a deal because the goal is we don’t need to fleece anybody to get a good deal, right. We can work with you. We can actually help you get to your end goal. And it may be in different ways. We may come on as as a consultant, we may come on as an advisor and have a piece of the equity. So now when you want to go back out to the marketplace and sell it for 10 million, maybe it’s actually worth 12 or 15, or maybe it is that ten and you’re comfortable with where you are. So there’s there’s some definitely different ways to attack different scenarios and strategies. But again, that’s the fun of understanding and and solving for those challenges.

Stone Payton: [00:20:58] Yeah, and you’ve probably seen other deals, participated in other deals that have similar components. And so you’re operating from an experience base that has that I think would be very helpful in those situations. I’m also learning that deal structure is not always, you know, here’s your check, here’s the keys. So like in that same scenario, you know, if they saw value in it, you know, Lee and I hanging out for a while or running a couple of the key studios for a while or I mean, you could you can build some of that stuff in there, too, right? Or financing? Absolutely.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:21:28] Yeah, absolutely. So I’ll give you a quick quote from and I saw this this author so much in my marketing masters. His name was Stephen Covey. And one of my favorite quotes that I think about almost on a daily basis when doing this type of work acquisition, M&A type of work is begin with the end in mind. Why do I give you that quote? Well, if you go back to what we were talking about, when you’re in that getting to know you phase, asking one of the most simple questions to the seller is what do you want to accomplish? Right? So to some people, that means I’m going to you’re going to hand me a check, I’m going to jump in the money like. I’m Scrooge McDuck from Ducktales. Right. And I’m going to jet set to Europe. That’s it. That’s all I want to be done and done. Others will say, Look, I just don’t have the energy, let’s say, to run the business at the full capacity that it needs. But I still want to be involved because I still I see upside. I think I can help with that upside.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:22:26] So those are two completely different and diverging paths, right? So asking those initial questions allows you then to come back and say, Hey, Stone, I know that you and your partner actually still want to be in the business, right? So we could try to give you all cash and then then you’ve got to worry about your taxable liabilities and all that fun stuff, right? And I’m not playing an accountant, but those are things that are there. If I hand you 10 million, how much do you all take home? Right. But how do how does this sound if we go down this route? Right. We still want you to be involved in the business. We may purchase X, Y, and Z of the equity, or we may come in and be a consultant and work to help you grow the equity in the business. All of those layers to it. But it’s asking those initial questions that seem early on might seem like throwaway questions, but they could be some of the most important questions in the process and actually get everybody to a winning solution on all sides.

Stone Payton: [00:23:20] You mentioned that you’re not playing accountant and that sort of touches on on another point, I bet you find yourself kind of quarterbacking sometimes a team of other trusted advisors who are experts in their domain to bring all this together, right?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:23:36] Absolutely. So I get a chance to kind of go back to my sports day. So I played quarterback growing up in high school and then I also played point guard. So I get to either be Joe Montana or Magic Johnson in my brain, right? I get to facilitate, get people in the right spot. Let’s run the offense. Let’s do what we have to do. But all kidding aside, you’re exactly right. So case in point, as we talked about some of those trusted advisors before, so let’s say we’re buying or selling. We’re looking at those legal components, right? So we have a legal due diligence going on. We do commercial due diligence. We want to understand the background of the company. Are there any nefarious acts going on in the company, all those types of things, the financial due diligence, proof of cash, quality of earnings. So, so many people hear these terms. And it’s interesting because once you’re in the deal, it’s kind of like being in a playbook again, right? So again, I play football. If I’m running a deep pattern, my playbook might say nine pattern or not or fly or whatever. Same principles here you have subject matter experts that you can defer to and say, I understand X help me to understand how we can apply that to this scenario. Or hey, they come to you and say we’ve seen something similar, Here’s what we did. Do you think this will work for you? So having those subject matter experts, they are if you do it right, they are worth all of the money you pay them and then some. Right when you get into trouble is if you’re paying, let’s say, the wrong group, the wrong person, whatever. But if there’s as good as advertised and they do what they need to do, they’re worth every dollar for sure.

Stone Payton: [00:25:09] Well, and I’m thinking it’s worth it to me as a buyer or seller that you are helping identify the right person to to fill that role. You know, I don’t even I don’t even know that I would even know what questions to ask or how to go shop for the right type of person in a specific area to. So that seems like that would be incredibly powerful as well. So you have other irons in the fire, as my daddy would say. You also have quite a bit going on in the real estate arena. Can you speak to that briefly?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:25:42] Yes, I can. So I actually started dabbling in real estate when I was 17, so almost 21 years ago now. I always called it the first deal that I did. I was about 19 or 20, somewhere around there. And I always call it the smartest, dumbest thing I ever did. When I started, it was smart because I got into the business. It was dumb because I was only good at putting holes in stuff. So for me, it it has been it has become, again, a passion play. So I like to do if you can’t tell, I like to do things that I really get into and can enjoy, right? And it’s been great because I’ve learned everything that I’ve learned in real estate. I’ve been able to translate to acquisition type work, right? So one of the things that you mentioned is those processes. So again, I’m a planner, so when my friends will call me, will say I’m a planner. So within that planning piece I see the similarities. So I’ve done anything from be a part of ground up construction projects with developers and general contractors to doing fix and flips on single and multifamily homes. I now have my broker’s license in real estate. I’ve had my salesperson’s license for years. And so it’s funny because there’s so many tools that you learn in putting a process together for a piece of real estate. If you’re doing, let’s say, a ground up, build the scheduling, the coordination. Everything else. It makes business acquisition almost easy based on that experience. So coordinating a maybe a ten person team to get a deal across the finish line and of course having to work with the seller or maybe the seller’s broker I think is almost as easier, scuse me, than working on a job site and you’ve got hundreds of contractors and you’re trying to build a 200 unit project. So there are some transferable experiences in my real estate life that I’ve been able to now use and always tweaking to make better. But I’ve been able to use that in my acquisition life. Now.

Stone Payton: [00:27:44] I’m not even sure this applies to you, but I’m going to ask it anyway because I’ve got to believe even you from time to time, you need to give yourself some space, hit the brakes, recharge, get inspired. So I’m kind of curious where you go. And I don’t necessarily mean a physical place, you know, I don’t know if it’s helping out a cause that’s dear to you or going to the mountains or how do you. Yeah, I guess that’s the right word. Kind of kind of recharge, get inspired to get back out there and do it again.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:28:12] So that’s a great question. I do luckily find some time. I have friends of mine that ask me. They go, Do you sleep? So the first question is, yes, I sleep and when I go to sleep, I sleep like a baby. So thank goodness for that. So there’s a couple of things that I do to recharge. I love to stay active. So I try to get in workouts. Right now I’m at home and it’s freezing here so I can’t go out and play golf, which is another passion of mine. But I like to work out, play golf, just kind of get outside or get moving as much as I can. I love music, so if I get a chance to go to concerts or just even listening to music at home while I cook, something as simple as that helps. I am a bit of a movie dork, but I’m more of like a documentary guy. I’ll watch movies and I’ve got some favorites, of course, but but I like I like even tapping in on my time off of things that force me to kind of learn and stay sharp. So some days it’s golfing for me. And even within golfing it’s hacking or digging a hole into the earth. But that’s all right. But that’s fun. Working out is always a good thing. I can kind of let out some steam after an hour. Just trying to stay, stay consistent and stay moving. I do a bad job when I sit completely still. I don’t do that. Well, I don’t know why that’s the case. I’ve always been like that even as a kid. But staying active, staying kind of locked in on things that are interesting to me, I think always helps. So that allows me to recharge and refocus when it’s time to go back and quote unquote do work, because I don’t even feel like I’m doing work. I feel like I’m enjoying what I’m doing, whatever that is.

Stone Payton: [00:29:42] I can certainly tell that. But I do think it’s important. And it sounds like you agree that you do periodically. You need to give yourself that opportunity to sort of regroup and and circle around. Sounds like you’ve you found a way to do that. What a marvelous conversation. What is the best way for our listeners that they would like to reach out and learn more, have a conversation with you or someone on your team, begin to tap into your work. What’s the best way for them to connect with you guys?

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:30:10] Man Absolutely. So one way would be taking a look at our website which is mid American capital holdings within us dot com so mid American Capital Holdings dot com on the website you’ll have contact information for myself and my team shooting email over. You can use the email address of info at mid American capital holdings within us dot com. So info at mid American Capital Holdings dot com Ask questions we can set up some time, dig into different scenarios. So I love to consistently learn. I’m a bit of a dork when it comes to research and learning. So any time somebody wants to reach out and touch base more than happy to try to set some time on the calendar.

Stone Payton: [00:30:57] Well, Philip, it has been a real pleasure having you on the show this afternoon. Thank you for for sharing your insight, your perspective, your enthusiasm and your and your energy. Keep up the good work, man, and thank you for investing the time with us today.

Dr. Phillip Hearn: [00:31:12] Well, thank you, Stan. I appreciate being asked to be on and love the show. So this is something I’ve been looking forward to. So thank you so much for sharing your time.

Stone Payton: [00:31:21] My pleasure, man. All right. Until next time, this is Stone Payton for our guest today, Dr. Philip Hearn with Mid-American Capital Holdings and everyone here at the Business Radio X family saying we’ll see you again on Buy a Business near me.

 

Tagged With: Mid American Capital Holding

Student Leadership Johns Creek

December 20, 2022 by John Ray

North Fulton Business Radio
North Fulton Business Radio
Student Leadership Johns Creek
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Student Leadership Johns Creek

Student Leadership Johns Creek (North Fulton Business Radio, Episode 593)

Irene Sanders, Executive Director of Student Leadership Johns Creek, and SLJC members Lakshana Ramanan, Neha Gurram, Maggie Dowd, Katie Bernard, and Aria Smith joined host John Ray on this special episode of North Fulton Business Radio. They discussed local political debates led by students, last year’s project on Macedonia Cemetery, and this year’s project on the pandemic, “Same Storm, Different Boats,” which received a grant from the Library of Congress. The students shared why they’ve treasured their experience in Student Leadership Johns Creek, Irene talked about the organization’s ten-year anniversary, and much more.

North Fulton Business Radio is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX® inside Renasant Bank in Alpharetta.

Student Leadership Johns Creek

Student Leadership Johns Creek was created in 2012 as a result of the success of Leadership Johns Creek. Student Leadership Johns Creek is a collaborative effort of our business and civic community to provide leadership training to our local youth.

Student Leadership Johns Creek in in their 10th year of service to Johns Creek student leaders.  The program begins in August each year with a one-day team training event and will conclude in April with an announcement of the upcoming class, celebration of the first year students and a graduation for the second year students who receive graduation cords (which they can wear at their respective schools graduation) and certificates of completion. Applications will be available to rising sophomores and juniors on December 1st.

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Instagram

Irene Sanders, Executive Director of Student Leadership Johns Creek

Irene Sanders, Executive Director of Student Leadership Johns Creek

Irene Sanders has always be actively involved in her community, as a parent volunteer for over 20 years, a community organizer, and now in her role as Executive Director of Student Leadership Johns Creek that encompasses the five high schools that serve Johns Creek students.

She has served on her neighborhood HOA board for over twelve years, and continues to serve as President. In this role, Irene has successfully synchronized efforts of over thirty-five neighborhoods to thwart a rezoning case that would have negatively affected the way of like in their particular character area. In this role she branded a grassroots effort called Johns Creek Citizens, this included a website, social media presence, communication effort, engaged media coverage and presented their case before the Johns Creek Planning Commission and City Council.

Currently she serves on the Johns Creek Planning Commission as co-chair. They meet monthly to listen to developers and residents state their cases regarding zoning matters that affect our city.

In short, Irene is a person who cares enough to roll up her sleeves and figure out a way to get the job done.

LinkedIn

Lakshana Ramanan, Student at FCS Innovation Academy

Lakshana Ramanan, Student at FCS Innovation Academy

Lakshana Ramana is a junior at FCS Innovation Academy. She is interested in going into the healthcare pathway to be a neurosurgeon.

LinkedIn

 

 

 

Neha Gurram, Student at Northview High School

Neha Gurram, Student at Northview High School

Neha Gurram is a Sophomore at Northview High School. Neha wants to study political science in college.

LinkedIn

 

 

 

Maggie Dowd, Student at Johns Creek High School

Maggie Dowd, Student at Johns Creek High School

Maggie Dowd is a junior at Johns Creek High School. She is interested in pursuing a legal career as a prosecutor.

 

 

 

 

Katie Bernard, Student at Northview High School

Katie Bernard, Student at Northview High School

Katie Bernard is a junior at Northview High School. She is interested in becoming an engineer.

 

 

 

 

Aria Smith, Student at Chattahoochee High School

Aria Smith, Student at Chattahoochee High School

Aria Smith is a senior at Chattahooche High School. She plans to study pre-med in college.

LinkedIn

 

 

 

Questions and Topics in this Interview

  • Debates led by students
  • Library of Congress Grant Project
  • Community Projects
  • Civic action of our Ambassadors
  • Macedonia Cemetery documentaries update
  • Adult program beginning
  • Expanding our program
  • 10 year anniversary

North Fulton Business Radio is hosted by John Ray and broadcast and produced from the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX® inside Renasant Bank in Alpharetta. You can find the full archive of shows by following this link. The show is available on all the major podcast apps, including Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google, Amazon, iHeart Radio, Stitcher, TuneIn, and others.

RenasantBank

Renasant Bank has humble roots, starting in 1904 as a $100,000 bank in a Lee County, Mississippi, bakery. Since then, Renasant has grown to become one of the Southeast’s strongest financial institutions with over $13 billion in assets and more than 190 banking, lending, wealth management and financial services offices in Mississippi, Alabama, Tennessee, Georgia and Florida. All of Renasant’s success stems from each of their banker’s commitment to investing in their communities as a way of better understanding the people they serve. At Renasant Bank, they understand you because they work and live alongside you every day.

Since 2000, Office Angels® has been restoring joy to the life of small business owners, enabling them to focus on what they do best. At the same time, we honor and support at-home experts who wish to continue working on an as-needed basis. Not a temp firm or a placement service, Office Angels matches a business owner’s support needs with Angels who have the talent and experience necessary to handle work that is essential to creating and maintaining a successful small business. Need help with administrative tasks, bookkeeping, marketing, presentations, workshops, speaking engagements, and more? Visit us at https://officeangels.us/.

Tagged With: Aria Smith, Irene Sanders, John Ray, Katie Bernard, Lakshana Ramanan, Leadership, Library of Congress, Maggie Dowd, Neha Gurram, North Fulton Business Radio, Office Angels, renasant bank, student leaders, Student Leadership Johns Creek

How To Sell a Fitness Club for Maximum Value, with Jim Thomas, Fitness Management & Consulting

December 20, 2022 by John Ray

Fitness Management & Consulting
How to Sell a Business
How To Sell a Fitness Club for Maximum Value, with Jim Thomas, Fitness Management & Consulting
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

FItness Management & Consulting

How To Sell a Fitness Club for Maximum Value, with Jim Thomas, Fitness Management & Consulting (How To Sell a Business Podcast, Episode 3)

Jim Thomas, Founder and President of Fitness Management & Consulting, joined host Ed Mysogland for a conversation about the fitness club and gym business. Jim owned and operated numerous gyms over his career and now serves current and future owners. He and Ed discussed business differentiators, customer retention, customer acquisition costs, improving the value of the business, what a club owner needs to do to prepare to sell, and much more.

How To Sell a Business Podcast is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton Studio of Business RadioX® in Atlanta.

Fitness Management & Consulting

Fitness Management & Consulting is focused on helping clients achieve success in a highly competitive business. Their services cater to both operators of single clubs and multi-club operations. Their scope covers all types of operations from full athletic clubs to small corporate fitness centers.

Fitness Management & Consulting offers flexibility in serving its clients to best serve their needs. They specialize in helping current owners and future owners of gyms, fitness centers, health clubs, and multi-purpose athletic clubs to find solutions for how to open a new gym, gym start-up, billing and collection, real estate site selection, and lease negotiation, broker services, fitness center sales, financing, consulting and troubleshooting, health club promotion, fitness center advertising, gym equipment, and flooring.

They welcome the opportunity to meet with current and potential club operators and investors to discuss how they may be of service to them.

Company website | Facebook | YouTube | LinkedIn

Jim Thomas, Founder and President, Fitness Management & Consulting

Jim Thomas, Founder and President, Fitness Management & Consulting

Jim Thomas is the well-known founder and president of Fitness Management USA, Inc., a management consulting and turnaround firm specializing in the fitness and health club industry. With over 25 years of experience owning, operating, and managing clubs of all sizes, Mr. Thomas lectures and delivers seminars and workshops across the country on the practical skills required to successfully build teamwork and market fitness programs and products.

Since forming Fitness Management, Mr. Thomas has been turning health clubs around at an amazing rate and garnering a reputation as a producer of change…a sharp-eyed troubleshooter, a brilliant sales trainer, and a motivator. Fitness Management provides programs that show measurable results and Jim’s team is proud of their ability to glean profit from every square foot of a client’s investment.

A dynamic, articulate motivator, Mr. Thomas exudes confidence without artifice and accomplishes wonders without the bruised feelings that can so often accompany change. “We pride ourselves in reaching people and motivating change in a way that encourages self-esteem on the part of the players.”

Whether you operate a health club, fitness center, gym, or other type club, Jim Thomas and Fitness Management have a program to fit your need, expand your market base, and keep your members and staff productive and enthusiastic.

LinkedIn

Ed Mysogland, Host of How To Sell a Business Podcast

Ed Mysogland, Host of “How To Sell a Business”

The How To Sell a Business Podcast combines 30 years of exit planning, valuation, and exit execution working with business owners. Ed Mysogland has a mission and vision to help business owners understand the value of their business and what makes it salable. Most of the small business owner’s net worth is locked in the company; to unlock it, a business owner has to sell it. Unfortunately, the odds are against business owners that they won’t be able to sell their companies because they don’t know what creates a saleable asset.

Ed interviews battle-tested experts who help business owners prepare, build, preserve, and one-day transfer value with the sale of the business for maximum value.

How To Sell a Business Podcast is produced virtually from the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX® in Alpharetta.  The show can be found on all the major podcast apps and a full archive can be found here.

Ed is the Managing Partner of Indiana Business Advisors. He guides the development of the organization, its knowledge strategy, and the IBA initiative, which is to continue to be Indiana’s premier business brokerage by bringing investment-banker-caliber of transactional advisory services to small and mid-sized businesses. Over the last 29 years, Ed has been appraising and providing pre-sale consulting services for small and medium-size privately-held businesses as part of the brokerage process. He has worked with entrepreneurs of every pedigree and offers a unique insight into consulting with them toward a successful outcome.

Connect with Ed: LinkedIn | Twitter | Facebook

 

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:00] Business owners likely will have only one shot to sell a business. Most don’t understand what drives value and how buyers look at a business. Until now. Welcome to the How to Sell a Business Podcast, where every week we talk to the subject matter experts, advisors, and those around the deal table about how to sell at maximum value. Every business will go to sell one day. It’s only a matter of when. We’re glad you’re here. The podcast starts now.

Ed Mysogland: [00:00:36] I’m your host, Ed Mysogland. I teach business owners how to value and identify and remove risks in their business, so one day they can sell their business at maximum value when they want, how they want, and to who they want.

Ed Mysogland: [00:00:51] You know, today is a special day. I’ve had no hiccups in all of my episodes with exception of one, my man, Jim Thomas of Fitness Management and Consulting. We recorded, and for whatever reason, he didn’t record. And what a gentleman to come back on the show and rerecord with me. And I am 100 percent certain that you are going to have just an unbelievable amount of value nuggets that he shares. So, Jim, welcome to the show again.

Jim Thomas: [00:01:27] Well, once again, I am thrilled to be here. Appreciate it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:01:31] Well, before the show started, I kind of gave an overview of you and what you’ve been into. But do you mind talking a little bit about Fitness Management and Consulting?

Jim Thomas: [00:01:40] Yeah, sure. Absolutely. And just in the big picture of things, one of the things that I think that really makes us unique and me unique in terms of the services provide, is, I’m a former gym owner. I owned eight of them, had four of them that I started from scratch, four of them that were acquired. And one of the unique things I tell folks all the time, you know, I’m qualified to go clean your bathroom and I can go at the same time do a review of your P&L statement and kind of everything in the middle, because that job of ownership is the folks out there listening that are in that role, boy, it changes moment by moment.

Ed Mysogland: [00:02:19] Well, it’s funny you say that, because in our practice, we talk more people out of business than into business. You know, when they realize, not only am I the CEO, but also head janitor, that changes the dynamics of don’t we pay somebody to do this? Well, yeah. But for every dollar you do, that’s a dollar out of your pocket. So, pick your poison. What would you prefer?

Jim Thomas: [00:02:44] That’s it. That’s it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:02:45] Right. So, my first question is how complicated the gym business is. I mean, it’s not just an assemblage of assets and build it and they will come. There are many silos, little profit centers all working together to make that gym profitable, or marketable, or however you choose. So, can you just tell me a little bit about the gym business and where do you find the profit.

Jim Thomas: [00:03:22] Okay. And so, you know, it’s interesting because folks that want to get into the business, there is a tendency a little bit to oversimplify this, that, if you build it, they will come mindset kind of hops in there. But in terms of profitability, I’ll give you some things that we look at here, particularly with something that’s new. And then, if it’s already existing, we have to work to kind of reach these numbers.

Jim Thomas: [00:03:47] But we want to be able to negotiate a lease that at maturity – I’ll call that a year – that lease represents on a monthly basis 15 percent of our revenue. We want to be controlling our payroll to the extent that that’s going to be at 40 percent. And so, this being a very fixed cost business, we keep our rent in line, negotiate it right – and that’s a challenge for some folks that have not done it. They need to get help – and then keep our payroll in line. Now, we’ve got to run and shot.

Jim Thomas: [00:04:23] You know, I get some of these that are turnaround situations and that rent at 40 percent or 50 percent, we can many times fix it, but there’s some challenges in there. So, you want to make sure you start off right.

Ed Mysogland: [00:04:36] So, with the rent, I’ve always thought that gyms are a destination location, so it’s not necessarily you need a lot of frontage. Is that true or not?

Jim Thomas: [00:04:48] You know, I would agree with that. You know, when we look at locations, the way I like to look at this, you’ve got an A location, which is that prime spot, prime street corner, all these great things, but you pay big money for it. What I’ve always liked, and what I suggest to many folks, is, let’s look at a B location. Maybe it’s pulling from that same demographic area, but because it’s a B location half mile down the road, maybe even a mile, the rent is substantially lower.

Jim Thomas: [00:05:18] Now, here’s the key, though, you have to be good at marketing. You have to be good at getting the word out. And if you’re good at that, that B location is perfect.

Ed Mysogland: [00:05:28] So, the radius that you’re talking about, if I remember right, it’s, like, three or four miles is where you’re pulling your constituents or your members. Is that right or not?

Jim Thomas: [00:05:44] Yeah. Yeah.

Ed Mysogland: [00:05:45] Okay. So – I’m sorry. Go ahead.

Jim Thomas: [00:05:47] What I was going to say there is, generally, it’s going to be about a 15 minute drive time, which is about a three mile radius. But here’s the thing for folks to think about when they’re doing this, the greater job that a gym owner does of creating differentiation, you know, providing a different product than what everybody else in the market is providing, this will expand that pull radius, you’ll pull further distance. So, there’s a lot of things we’re going to be thinking about here.

Ed Mysogland: [00:06:21] So, when you say that, though, the differentiators, are you talking different types of exercise? Like, you have your normal bodybuilder types that are just using free weights, machines, kettlebells. And then, you have CrossFit, you have Pilates. I mean, what other, I suppose, fitness silos are we talking about?

Jim Thomas: [00:06:53] Yeah. When you start looking at differentiation, I can use some things you see out there right now without kind of naming names necessarily. There’s products out there that’ll charge $10 a month. And you mention their name and everybody knows it’s $10 a month. And that’s a massive differentiation compared to most folks.

Jim Thomas: [00:07:16] You’ve got others, maybe they’re running a women’s only operation. That is a significant differentiation because there’s a lot of women that don’t want to be in that coed environment or won’t even go in given that. You’ve got some that are open 24/7, you can workout at 2:00 in the morning if you want to. And where you have hospitals or maybe auto manufacturers, those are some good places for those. Those are some more of the obvious points of differentiation.

Ed Mysogland: [00:07:48] So, I know one of the challenges that gym owners face is trying to create a community within the pool of members that everybody kind of gets along, and everybody is taking the same classes, and they go out for beers afterwards, and that kind of thing. How does an independent create that? I know CrossFit kind of has that vibe where you see the same people over and over again and we’re all in this together. But how do you make that inviting atmosphere, because that makes a sticky client, you know?

Jim Thomas: [00:08:37] Absolutely. It’s a fabulous question. Maybe the question of the day, because it gets back to attrition and how do you retain your customers. And what you’re looking for – you used this word – that sense of community. And in very simplistic terms, here’s what I would suggest that any club owner want to look at. Are you treating your members like they are consumers? Or is it a sense of community? Are we providing something, we’re doing it for free, we’re doing it to help, we’re doing it to benefit them, we’re a resource center to them? Or are they simply consumers?

Jim Thomas: [00:09:20] Because the big mistake that I see is we say we want a sense of community where we’re going to provide all this. But the reality is we’re really looking at them like they’re consumers. Now, that’s not to say we’re not going to sell them something. We’re going to have all that available. But there’s a big mindset shift right there in terms of how you view your customer.

Ed Mysogland: [00:09:42] Right. And one of the nuggets that you shared last time was the proactive manner in which you red flag your clients or your members that are perhaps flight risks and you do some outreach to retain them. So, can you circle back and talk a little bit about that?

Jim Thomas: [00:10:09] Yeah. So, in terms of retention and in keeping our members, you know, when a customer comes in – and I get asked this question a lot – “Hey Jim. What should you say when somebody wants to cancel?” Well, let’s try to not be in that situation, first of all. And so, what we suggest that any club does is, every day when you come in, you want to pull a member usage report.

Jim Thomas: [00:10:38] And depending on where you’re at – every club’s a little bit different – let’s just say, we’re going to identify being an inactive member as coming in four times or less the previous 30 days. And so, every day I’m pulling a memory usage report of folks that have been in four times or less, and I’m going to start making phone calls. And this is a brand new kind of CRM category. I’m going to call and I’m calling the idea to nurture, to help maintain interest, maintain desire, be a resource center, be a servant. Because the data tells us every interaction we have with that inactive member, they’re now 20 percent more likely to come back in. And it’s highly effective if we’ll do it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:11:25] Yeah. I was going to say, I’ll bet it is. Because if I got a call from my gym saying, “Hey, we haven’t seen you in a while, you may want to think about getting your butt back to the gym,” that’s certainly a differentiator. In all my years, I have not known anyone, any gym owner, to have that type of outreach. I mean, that’s not a regular thing, right?

Jim Thomas: [00:11:54] So many folks don’t do it. And I would say, you know, the lion’s share of the folks that I talk to, me coming in are not doing it. And it’s one of the things that we encourage because all the time and effort and money that goes to acquire a new customer to not have a similar system on the back end to save that customer is kind of crazy. Because, ultimately, what you’re trying to create is this member experience that keeps them wanting to stick around.

Ed Mysogland: [00:12:25] Well, you made mention of something I wanted to ask, the customer acquisition cost. I mean, and I know it probably varies between markets, but I mean what should it cost for you to acquire a customer?

Jim Thomas: [00:12:41] You know, it could be expensive if you’re not careful. And here’s what happens, most gyms, what they will do, they’ll set up, like, Google AdWords and maybe it’s a $300 budget. And now one of the problems you have sometimes is we’re not tracking that so we don’t know. And then, we’ll do some kind of a digital marketing program. And these digital campaigns, not including the actual advertising, they could cost you $1,000, $1,500 a month, and maybe you get 50 good leads, and maybe 25 of those you get to talk to, and maybe you sign up 12. So, it can get expensive if that’s all you’re doing.

Jim Thomas: [00:13:32] But, see, that’s where really you have to understand all the moving parts here because there’s a lot of things that are going to cost you little or nothing, member referral programs, former member programs that I call alumni. I’ll give you an interesting stat, Ed. There’s currently more former members in the U.S. than there are current members, and that’s not really pandemic related. It was that way before the pandemic. There’s just that much of a churn. But the beauty of it is, most folks will look at them and kind of ignore it, but that former member is like your number two source of new members behind referrals.

Ed Mysogland: [00:14:11] I had no idea.

Jim Thomas: [00:14:12] And so, you want to have both of this. You want to have – what I call – that boots on the ground, that guerilla marketing. And then, you want to have your paid marketing. You want to get that acquisition cost down.

Ed Mysogland: [00:14:22] Well, I’ll tell you, if a gym owner can calculate and identify where their customers are coming from and how much it costs to acquire them, I can tell you they’re miles ahead of the next guy because they’ll survive.

Jim Thomas: [00:14:37] You know what happens on that a little bit, is, on some of this, because we don’t understand the sales process, there’s a tendency to charge very little to get started. And maybe it’s just month to month, where it’s easy to kind of leave. And you could literally have situations, if you’re not careful, if you’re not monitoring this on all ends in how you’re doing it, is, you actually don’t make money until month number four in some cases.

Ed Mysogland: [00:15:10] Yeah, and that hurt.

Jim Thomas: [00:15:12] I got involved with the club one time. They were losing maybe 20,000 a month and they were doing big enrollments and they could not understand it. I went in and did the math on it. It turns out they were losing money upfront every time they sign somebody up. And we had to cut out certain things they were doing. Their dollar volume dropped, but the profit margin went up.

Ed Mysogland: [00:15:37] Yeah. And that’s funny, I was getting ready to ask you, because we fight that a lot, you know, I really don’t care about the top line. I really care about your bottom line. So, however you make your machine profitable and if it’s repeatable, pal, you’ve got a sellable business all day long.

Jim Thomas: [00:16:00] Yes, absolutely.

Ed Mysogland: [00:16:02] So, who are the typical buyers buying gyms these days?

Jim Thomas: [00:16:08] You know, we did one recently. It was a gentleman who was living in the Midwest. I think he was an insurance agent and he was freezing cold up there. And he bought a gym down in Florida.

Ed Mysogland: [00:16:22] So, it’s a lifestyle business. I mean, we view it as you have financial buyers that are basically replacing the ownership and they’re going to sleep, eat, and breathe it as a lifestyle. And then, you start moving into people that are looking at this as more of an investment. So, in your practice, I mean, what are you seeing more of, the guys that are looking to buy it as an investment and have somebody run it or somebody that’s kind of changing gears and moving more into a lifestyle?

Jim Thomas: [00:16:55] Yeah. Nine times out of ten, it’s someone who’s going to buy it and run it themselves. And, of course, we’ll help direct them a bit where you don’t want to get anchored to what you’re doing there. But more often than not, that’s really the buyer that we’re talking to.

Ed Mysogland: [00:17:12] I got it. So, with that type of buyer, and we spoke about it before – this is a layup for it – where are you finding those buyers?

Jim Thomas: [00:17:27] You know, many times they’ll find us in a sense, in terms of going to our websites, and hearing me speak, and hearing me talk, and existing operations. I’ll tell you what’s interesting, our broker division, how that originally got started. We’ve been doing it for quite some time. But how it originally got started was clients would say to me, “Hey, Jim. I think it’s time to sell.” And I wasn’t really involved in doing that at the time. And I said, “Well, yeah. We need to find you a broker if that’s what you want to do.” And they said, “Oh, no, no, no. Jim, we know you, we trust you, we want you to do it.”

Ed Mysogland: [00:18:04] Good for them.

Jim Thomas: [00:18:05] And that’s really how it led to that. So, existing clients, people that will search us out, they’ll find us. I mean, we do our own email marketing, social media marketing, things like that. We’ll get folks that, “Hey, Jim. I don’t know if you remember me, but we talked about two years ago.”

Ed Mysogland: [00:18:25] A hundred percent. I get the same. So, what’s the success ratio? I mean, for example, the industry average on all businesses is about a 20 to 25 percent success ratio to sell their business, which, to me, is absolutely dismal. And there can be a number of reasons why deals don’t go together, but I know size matters. The more sophistication, the more likelihood that the seller will withstand any kind of financial scrutiny in due diligence. But, I mean, what are you seeing as far as the likelihood of transitioning a gym?

Jim Thomas: [00:19:15] I think your numbers are pretty dead on. I find that at least half the gyms never sell.

Ed Mysogland: [00:19:23] Okay.

Jim Thomas: [00:19:25] They don’t even get off the launching pad. And in large part it’s because they’re overpriced. The owner has not valued it properly. They put value into blood, sweat, and tears, and they can’t come to grasp the reality it’s about cashflow.

Ed Mysogland: [00:19:44] Yeah. And, again, it’s across all industries. Valuation is always the challenge. I have been called the Grim Reaper of business valuation. And I get it, I mean, you don’t want to hear that perhaps what you’ve worked and sacrificed for is not as appealing as you might think to a third party. So, how are you coaching them to make more of a saleable business?

Jim Thomas: [00:20:22] Well, there’s a few things, and we actually just took on a recent client like this. They were looking to sell. They wanted to kind of get out. But we didn’t even really do a valuation. We could look at the numbers pretty quick and we could pretty well tell them this was not going to be a successful attempt at doing this. It was pretty significant.

Jim Thomas: [00:20:44] And we had a few conversations, and so what are we in the process of doing? We’re in the process of growing the sales. We’re in the process of growing the revenue. We’re in the process of training the staff. It depends on where you’re at financially, but we want to keep the gym looking as new today as the day that it opened. And so, if you’re short on funds, maybe we’ll put out some new carpet, we’ll paint some walls, we’ll do some different things.

Jim Thomas: [00:21:12] But we’re trying to bring this thing back up because if your sales are trending up and you’ve got good staff in place, I kind of jokingly tell folks, this is how you sell your business for more than it’s worth, because you’re trending up and there’s opportunity here. You know, you couldn’t even give the darn thing away if it’s losing money.

Ed Mysogland: [00:21:34] So, a lot of challenges that the business owner faces when you bring in like, “Hey, if you have the runway and you’re willing to give me a year or two years or whatever, I’m telling you, you can make another turn on your multiple.” So, I guess my question is, when someone hires you – and I know it depends on the scope of what you’re doing – how quickly can you start seeing a return on that investment? Because I know that’s probably real hard for, especially, gyms that are struggling. You know, it’s hard to take what they are making and plow it back into consulting. You know what I mean?

Jim Thomas: [00:22:25] Yeah. It’s an interesting question, because it’s not as difficult as you might think to start seeing results quickly. And there’s a couple of reasons for it. Number one is, a lot of these folks when the business is trending down, they’re not maybe doing everything they should or could be doing to make it work.

Jim Thomas: [00:22:48] And one of the common things that I’ll do in nearly every situation is, we’ll do an analysis of the existing assets, the website, how you answer the phone, your sales process, your referral process. These are things they’re already spending money on, so we’re not spending more money, we’re just doing a better job with what they already have. I mean, something as simple as putting Facebook Messenger on their website can get you a sale a day.

Ed Mysogland: [00:23:18] Yeah. I remember you saying that. I could not believe that that was the low lying fruit you’re talking about, that Facebook Messenger. I can totally see it, you know. I asked you, “What in the world is someone going to ask on Facebook Messenger?” And you’re like, “Well, that’s a real easy one. What are your hours? What’s the pricing structure? What’s the classes,” and so on and so forth. And once you said it, I totally understood it. But I’m with you. I think you’re right that there is a lot of opportunity with little to no expense outside of the consulting cost because you’re not adding layers. You’re just fixing what’s broke.

Jim Thomas: [00:24:14] That’s it. And there’s one simple secret to it. For these folks that we talk to, they have to be ready to make a change.

Ed Mysogland: [00:24:23] And that’s always —

Jim Thomas: [00:24:25] That’s the one simple key to it. If that’s in place, really, sky is the limit. And you can almost start having some results day one, believe it or not. Just because it’s simplistic kind of things. Things like getting a referral or maybe putting out a press release. Does the media even know you’re there? And none of these things is costing you.

Ed Mysogland: [00:24:49] No, that’s right. That’s – I don’t want to say a funny one, but that’s interesting that it can go that quick if you have – I don’t want to say if you just believe, but if you’re willing to buy in or give it 30, 60 days, you can recoup that cost associated with the consulting. I get it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:25:20] I don’t think I asked you last time, but what’s easier to run and operate, a coed gym or an all women gym?

Jim Thomas: [00:25:29] Oh, you know, from a process standpoint and everything you look at, they’re identical. I think the key is, where is your passion? I’ve owned both of them, actually. I’ve owned women only facilities —

Ed Mysogland: [00:25:41] That’s why I’m asking.

Jim Thomas: [00:25:42] … and I’ve had coed facilities. I found them no different. Now, I will say this, in the co-ed facility, your cost is a little higher because your equipment cost is higher, because you’re having to buy heavier equipment, because the guys are lifting some real heavy stuff, because the women aren’t really lifting at that level of weight training, and things like that.

Jim Thomas: [00:26:04] But, to me, they’re identical. I think it’s where your passion is and what you like. I’m personally a fan of the women’s only business. I’m a little surprised you don’t see more of it out there. I think it really would open up a marketplace to a lot of folks that are not currently attending facilities.

Ed Mysogland: [00:26:21] Well, I don’t know if it was in your neck of the woods, but we had Curves. They kind of evaporated. And I don’t know what happened to them. But I know that kind of was in your same bailiwick of that women-owned or businesses that are geared toward women would be successful. So, I don’t know what exactly happened.

Jim Thomas: [00:26:56] You know, it’s interesting on those guys – and I was never really involved with them. They were just south of where I’m at here a little bit – in large part, a lot of that growth on that type of operation, it came in these communities that were maybe under 200,000 people where it was easy to get a low rent, it was easy to advertise, easy to market. And a lot of those places, you know, 100 members, maybe 200 members in it worked. And as they started hitting, “Okay. We’re kind of full. We need to expand.” And now all of a sudden we’re going to go into Los Angeles and Dallas and Atlanta, the rents were much higher. You had much more competition. And it didn’t lend itself to who their customer was at franchisor. That wasn’t who it was.

Ed Mysogland: [00:27:44] I get it. Well, since I brought up the franchise, we talked men and coeds, so franchise versus independent – I don’t want to say which is better, but, I mean, in your consulting, what are you seeing as the superior? Is there that much difference, I guess, is where I’m going.

Jim Thomas: [00:28:07] Well, I try to actually compete against those franchises. Actually, that’s part of my marketing, no franchise fees, no long term contracts, no royalties. Because bring a consultant on just pay for what you need and you stay in control of your business. Whereas, the franchise are going to dictate a little bit to you.

Jim Thomas: [00:28:29] So, now, we worked with a lot of franchises, but the folks that come to me, by and large, they want to maintain control. And they’ll just say, “Hey, Jim. Teach me how to do it and I’ll go out there and do it.” They’re all good. And one of the things, if you’re doing something really big, the franchises are nice because SBA likes those kind of things because they’ve got that kind of seal of approval that it’s a proven system on it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:28:54] Yeah. But, again, it’s back to the system. You know what I mean? I don’t mean to imply that it’s not complex, but after you get the system, what’s left other than just add gas or revenue, it just seems that – you know, I don’t want to say I don’t see the value. I just don’t see the long term value.

Jim Thomas: [00:29:28] Yeah. I mean, it’s like anything that you’re doing, everything has to evolve. I mean, everything is going to change. When I was building them to what they are now, heck, I can look at my consulting business and what it is today and what it was ten years ago. I mean, it’s night and day difference. You know, the business has to evolve, but it can’t just be membership revenue. Whatever those other ancillary sources are going to be, personal training, supplementation, retail, your whole online component, there’s really no shortage of growth.

Jim Thomas: [00:30:03] And just kind of Business 101, you know, the three things you look at is, we have to acquire more members, more clients, make more sales, we have to get more money per customer, and we have to get them to buy more often. What amounts to everybody in our marketplace has to know who we are. And if we don’t do that, we’re going to struggle. But when everyone knows who we are, what a great competitive advantage.

Ed Mysogland: [00:30:29] Sure.

Jim Thomas: [00:30:30] And, now, you’re dominating. And that’s what you’re trying to do. You’re not trying to compete.

Ed Mysogland: [00:30:35] You know, it’s funny, my wife was talking about what appeals to her at a gym. And the funny thing is that her and her little group, it’s about the cleanliness of the facility. Not necessarily the hours. I mean, it’s nice that they have equipment and this, that, and the other. But it’s the cleanliness. Is this a dump to go into the bathrooms? Which, to me, is another – I don’t want to say low lying fruit, but the funny thing is, if you look at Google Reviews or some of the other review sites, one of the primary complaints you see has to do with cleanliness and hygiene and things like that. So, I think that’s another area to consider low lying fruit. You know what I mean?

Jim Thomas: [00:31:33] You know, it’s interesting when we’re opening new facilities, probably 80 percent of your finish out dollars to finish that new facility, 80 percent of it is going to go into your front desk reception area and into your locker rooms. And from a selling perspective, we want that front desk to have that wow factor when they walk in because that’s what’s going to grab them.

Jim Thomas: [00:32:00] But to your point on cleanliness, that locker room, it needs to be pristine. It needs to be as clean as what you have at home. Because that locker room, from a cleanliness standpoint, is one of the number one things that’s going to affect your member attrition.

Ed Mysogland: [00:32:16] Yeah. I mean, it totally makes sense. You know, you pay attention when it’s not clean and you don’t give any thought to it when it is.

Ed Mysogland: [00:32:30] Well, switching gears, we’ve got some businesses that just aren’t going to make it. And some of it is self-inflicted, some of it is competition. So, how does a business owner wind down the business and make as much as they can on the way out, knowing that perhaps there’s a personal guarantee on that lease, perhaps there’s some leases on the equipment. You know, I don’t want to eat cheese, but I want another trap. How do I do that?

Jim Thomas: [00:33:15] You know, we’ve used these strategies. We used them heavily during the pandemic for existing operators. And I want to answer this a couple of different ways, because the rub there a little bit is that personal guarantee on that lease. Now, some of this will depend on that relationship we have with the landlord, whether you filed bankruptcy or not. There are some things in there that can have some effect on that.

Jim Thomas: [00:33:42] But with that said, we’ve had a lot of situations where we’ve helped club owners unwind. They’re getting out of the lease and they’re simply, “Hey, I’m just going to go ahead and shut it down.”

Jim Thomas: [00:33:54] Well, here’s the reality. Number one, they can and should sell that member base to a local club. And it’s really a simple process. It’s a three way agreement between the two owners and whoever the building company is. It’s a pretty simple process. And for the club that’s acquiring it, it can be done for no money out of pocket. And so, you want to sell that. But there’s other assets that you have. You might have some equipment. If it’s not on a lease, you might have some equipment.

Jim Thomas: [00:34:24] But what you have also, you’ve got website URLs that likely have some SEO attached to them. Someone’s following that. Point those to yours. One of the great ones that I’ve always loved is, “Hey, we want the phone number. We’re going to point that phone number over to our place. We want member lists, renewal lists, guest lists, former member lists. We want all that. We want social media. We want your YouTube channel.” There’s value in all this. And there’s so much of a tendency because they don’t know how to do it just to walk away from all that.

Ed Mysogland: [00:34:58] But I’m the business owner, I’m like, “All right. I follow all that. These are a great list. How do I value that?” I’m not a fan of rules of thumb at all, but I’m putting myself in the shoes of the business owner and I’m like, “All right. Jim, that’s great. But, you know, what’s my website worth? What’s that URL?”

Jim Thomas: [00:35:30] And usually URLs, phone numbers, member lists, that’s going to push the multiple up or down. And so, for example – let me grab a calculator here – let’s just say, I’ve got a facility and I’ve got $20,000 a month coming in, in recurring fees. Generally speaking, I want to just take that times three, and that’s the value of that, $60,000.

Ed Mysogland: [00:36:03] And how you allocate – I’m sorry.

Jim Thomas: [00:36:06] And then, we’ll work the deal right now. However, I did it on a multiple of three. But you know what? If I’ve got a good URL, if I can get their phone number, if there’s some good reviews out there that I can grab on, Google my business or I can grab member list, maybe I take out multiple to four, maybe I take it to five. Maybe there’s some good personnel that might come along with it. Maybe there’s personal training that might come along with it. This will all do that, but I would start it at three.

Ed Mysogland: [00:36:36] I got three.

Jim Thomas: [00:36:37] And then, kind of go up or down depending on circumstances.

Ed Mysogland: [00:36:41] All right. So, that addresses the goodwill and the intangible assets. Or does that include the equipment that’s in the facility?

Jim Thomas: [00:36:56] Yeah. That would generally include everything. At least that’s where we would start. For the most part, used fitness equipment does not have significant value.

Ed Mysogland: [00:37:07] That’s where I was going with it, because I’m certain some of the people are like, “Yeah. I don’t need another Smith machine in the facility. But I am interested in your customers and guest lists and the intangibles.” So, that three multiple really could be just for the intangible assets. And then, if you’re picking up equipment, it can go up higher.

Ed Mysogland: [00:37:40] I think I’m putting words in your mouth and let me back that up a little bit, because you said the three typically includes equipment, and I get it. So, I’m sorry about that. I didn’t mean to [inaudible].

Jim Thomas: [00:37:56] It varies. I mean, over the years, you know, I don’t know if any one deal has ever been the same. They’re all a little bit different. So, it just depends on circumstances. There are some folks that they just can’t wait to cut the deals. They can get the heck out of the room. And there’s others that, “No. We need to figure this out.”

Ed Mysogland: [00:38:15] I get you. So, one of the things that struck me in one of our original conversations was that you were doing deals, financing and sourcing. So, that’s a different animal. I mean, from the lenders that I’ve worked with, I don’t want to say that they aren’t stoked about getting a gym on the banks portfolio. But that takes a real special bank or special lender to get their arms around what all is going on, especially when you’re talking about the recurring revenue and the attrition of members. I mean, there’s some risk to the bank. So, can you talk a little bit about that financing and structuring and how are you doing it?

Jim Thomas: [00:39:01] Yeah. Let me give you the two ways that we do it, we look at it from a new gym startup and then from an existing operation. And so, from a new gym startup, it’s simply personal financing. As long as they have a credit score of 680 or better in all three bureaus, and as long as they have a minimum income of 50,000 per year – and there’s going to be some other underlying things, but those are the key criteria – they can get funding for up to $400,000 to start a new business. And for the lion’s share of new businesses being started in the fitness industry, that’s more than enough. They may only need half that. So, that works.

Jim Thomas: [00:39:44] Now, for existing operations, of course, they have to improve their business. But the way that works – it’s a simple process – is we need to see the most recent 90-day bank statements. And it’s simply, “Hey, what’s the differential in there between the revenue that’s coming in and what the expenses are? And can you afford a new payment? What would that payment look like?” And – gosh – they could get funding for up to $2 million if that spread was big enough.

Jim Thomas: [00:40:15] And so, it’s not necessarily the industry. It’s more just about we want to see history of revenue. The longer the history, the better.” And we want to see that it’s working for you.

Ed Mysogland: [00:40:27] So, if I’m buying a gym, what’s my down stroke? Is there a percentage or no?

Jim Thomas: [00:40:33] Well, not necessarily if you can finance it all out. Say, I’m going to go buy something and I’m not in business, and so I’m going to go get a personal loan and I’ve got a place over here and I can buy it for $300,000. And I go out here and I qualify for 300,000, I buy it and I make my payments back, and everybody’s happy.

Ed Mysogland: [00:40:53] So, you can do it without any equity out of your own pocket?

Jim Thomas: [00:41:00] You can. You can.

Ed Mysogland: [00:41:02] And so, this isn’t falling under the SBA. This is just sources that you have. Yes?

Jim Thomas: [00:41:07] Yeah, that’s it. That’s it. The challenge is, SBA is a great source, but sometimes it can take a long time and there’s a lot of paperwork. And we’re looking for short time and not much paperwork.

Ed Mysogland: [00:41:19] Aren’t we all? What is the turnaround time? So, I submit, you know, here’s my purchase agreement. Here’s three years of tax returns. You’re going to run my credit. Now, what happens?

Jim Thomas: [00:41:31] Oh, if you’re buying a brand new deal and everything really checks out, I need to see your FICO scores – the higher the better, by the way – and I’ve got U.S. tax returns, you could probably be funded within a week.

Ed Mysogland: [00:41:46] Really? Because in my world, time kills all deals. Well, you know that. You’re in the same –

Jim Thomas: [00:41:53] Time kills deals, absolutely. It’s one of the all time great truisms.

Ed Mysogland: [00:41:58] All right. So, you can do no money down, assuming you have a great credit score, and it would take a week to fund.

Jim Thomas: [00:42:10] And here’s the thing, too, anyone who’s looking to sell, say, you have someone who wants to buy and, say, they’re struggling doing that, they don’t have the credit score, then they can’t qualify, so you’ve got a problem. But for a forward thinking seller, maybe do some kind of a down payment, do some owner financing, and then maybe a balloon in six months. Give that buyer a chance to get his credit score up and come back in here and take you out.

Ed Mysogland: [00:42:38] Oh, that’s a good idea. So, what I heard you say is, go ahead and do the deal. So, basically, you’re talking about refinancing them out for doing the deal. I guess if I’m a seller, though, I’m sitting here going, “Boy, you know, what’s going to induce this guy to refinance?” I guess you could structure it as painful as possible.

Jim Thomas: [00:43:10] Yeah, it’s a balloon. I mean, balloon in six months, you got to refinance. But (A) if you’ve got a good buyer, circumstances can’t do it. But here’s a couple of things that we suggest here, (A) Whoever your billing company is – this is to get another one of those three way [00:43:29] agreements – [00:43:30]say, that new owner is going to make you a payment every month of, let’s just say, it’s four grand a month, we’re going to have the billing company send it directly to you at the beginning of the month.

Ed Mysogland: [00:43:40] I got it.

Jim Thomas: [00:43:41] We’re not going to have it pass through the new buyer. It’s going to go straight to you so you make sure that you get it. Plus, we want to see that new owner’s P&L statements every single month until they refinance us and take me out.

Ed Mysogland: [00:43:55] Nice. Yeah.

Jim Thomas: [00:43:56] So, we’re going to stay on it. Because if I did have to take it over – which, hopefully, that didn’t happen – at least we know where we’re at and we can go in there and put our foot on the accelerator and make this thing work.

Ed Mysogland: [00:44:07] So, are you doing a lot of deals as far as the financing side?

Jim Thomas: [00:44:13] Oh, gosh. With financing deals, it’s a regular thing.

Ed Mysogland: [00:44:17] And anybody can use you or do you have to be a consulting client?

Jim Thomas: [00:44:24] No. Anybody as long as they have U.S. credit scores and U.S. tax returns. That’s the thing. And, you know, just to tease a little bit, we’ve got some more stuff coming up. So, maybe if you and I talk down the road, we’ve got even some bigger news coming up on some of this financing.

Ed Mysogland: [00:44:40] Awesome. Well, I’ll tell you what, some of the alternative financing sources are going to make a small fortune especially if the economy turns on us.

Jim Thomas: [00:44:52] You bet. And I tell you, one of the challenges, you know, it’s interesting when I talk to people about this, because most of them, they’ve been looking around trying to do things and they just can’t understand it, can’t figure it out. And just when they engage with with me or somebody like me, that can really simplify it, here’s exactly how it works, they can get that trust in there. It can happen so quick and so easily for folks and they don’t have to really be fretting over it.

Ed Mysogland: [00:45:21] Yeah. Well, I look forward to seeing what else is up your sleeve because, you know, you’ve been a leader in this industry for so many years. And if you do any kind of research, your name just keeps on coming up. So, I look forward to it.

Jim Thomas: [00:45:40] You bet.

Ed Mysogland: [00:45:41] All right. So, not only have I made you record twice, I’m going to ask you the same question that we concluded with the last time and see if it changed. So, I conclude every interview with what’s the one piece of advice that you could give listeners that would have the most immediate impact on their business? What would it be?

Jim Thomas: [00:46:04] The number one problem that I see in the fitness industry is a failure to properly understand and implement sales and marketing. And nothing else is even close. Coming up right behind is that issue of retention, but we can’t retain them if we don’t get them. So, sales and marketing is the biggest problem across the board.

Ed Mysogland: [00:46:30] Okay. So, what is the best way people can find you? I mean, I can tell you, as a guy that found you, I can assure you it is pretty easy to find you. You’re at the top in pretty much all the searches.

Jim Thomas: [00:46:45] Yeah. You Google Fitness Management and Consulting, Jim Thomas, you should find us. But go to our website, fmconsulting.net and there’s a host of information, a lot of free information there for you to help you grow your business.

Ed Mysogland: [00:47:01] Yeah. And you have a really robust YouTube channel. And we’ll have all of this in the show notes. So, don’t worry about if you were unable to take notes, it’ll be there. And, Jim, boy, times two, I appreciate so much of your time. And as always, it was awesome. Great value nuggets.

Jim Thomas: [00:47:27] You bet. I appreciate being here and I look forward to doing it again sometime.

Ed Mysogland: [00:47:32] Well, this time I think we recorded. So, we’ll do it in a few months. We’ll do a follow up when the new financing packages come out.

Jim Thomas: [00:47:42] Oh, I’ll keep you posted. We’re day-to-day on getting that done.

Ed Mysogland: [00:47:45] All rightm buddy. I look forward to it. Thanks so much, Jim.

Jim Thomas: [00:47:48] Thank you. I appreciate it.

Outro: [00:47:50] Thank you for joining us today on the How to Sell Your Business Podcast. If you want more episodes packed with strategies to help sell your business for the maximum value, visit howtosellabusinesspodcast.com for tips and best practices to make your exit life changing. Better yet, subscribe now so you never miss future episodes. This program is copyrighted by Myso Inc. All rights reserved.

 

Tagged With: Ed Mysogland, fitness center sales, fitness centers, Fitness Management & Consulting, gym equipment, gym management, gyms, health club promotion, health clubs, How to Sell a Business, How to Sell a Business Podcast, JIm Thomas

  • « Previous Page
  • 1
  • …
  • 28
  • 29
  • 30
  • 31
  • 32
  • …
  • 65
  • Next Page »

Business RadioX ® Network


 

Our Most Recent Episode

CONNECT WITH US

  • Email
  • Facebook
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Our Mission

We help local business leaders get the word out about the important work they’re doing to serve their market, their community, and their profession.

We support and celebrate business by sharing positive business stories that traditional media ignores. Some media leans left. Some media leans right. We lean business.

Sponsor a Show

Build Relationships and Grow Your Business. Click here for more details.

Partner With Us

Discover More Here

Terms and Conditions
Privacy Policy

Connect with us

Want to keep up with the latest in pro-business news across the network? Follow us on social media for the latest stories!
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • Google+
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Business RadioX® Headquarters
1000 Abernathy Rd. NE
Building 400, Suite L-10
Sandy Springs, GA 30328

© 2025 Business RadioX ® · Rainmaker Platform

BRXStudioCoversLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of LA Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDENVER

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Denver Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversPENSACOLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Pensacola Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversBIRMINGHAM

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Birmingham Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversTALLAHASSEE

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Tallahassee Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRALEIGH

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Raleigh Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRICHMONDNoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Richmond Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversNASHVILLENoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Nashville Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDETROIT

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Detroit Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversSTLOUIS

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of St. Louis Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCOLUMBUS-small

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Columbus Business Radio

Coachthecoach-08-08

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Coach the Coach

BRXStudioCoversBAYAREA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Bay Area Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCHICAGO

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Chicago Business Radio

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Atlanta Business Radio